FITB 10-Q Quarterly Report June 30, 2013 | Alphaminr

FITB 10-Q Quarter ended June 30, 2013

FIFTH THIRD BANCORP
10-Qs and 10-Ks
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2025
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2024
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2023
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2022
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2021
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2020
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2019
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2018
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2017
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2016
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2015
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2014
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2013
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2012
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2009
PROXIES
DEF 14A
Filed on March 4, 2025
DEF 14A
Filed on March 5, 2024
DEF 14A
Filed on March 6, 2023
DEF 14A
Filed on March 1, 2022
DEF 14A
Filed on March 2, 2021
DEF 14A
Filed on March 4, 2020
DEF 14A
Filed on March 6, 2019
DEF 14A
Filed on March 6, 2018
DEF 14A
Filed on March 9, 2017
DEF 14A
Filed on March 10, 2016
DEF 14A
Filed on March 5, 2015
DEF 14A
Filed on March 6, 2014
DEF 14A
Filed on March 7, 2013
DEF 14A
Filed on March 8, 2012
DEF 14A
Filed on March 10, 2011
DEF 14A
Filed on March 10, 2010
10-Q 1 d568419d10q.htm FORM 10-Q Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2013

Commission File Number 001-33653

LOGO

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Ohio 31-0854434

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 972-3030

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ¨ No x

There were 851,473,955 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, without par value, outstanding as of June 30, 2013.


Table of Contents

LOGO

FINANCIAL CONTENTS

Part I. Financial Information

Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms

3

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

Selected Financial Data

4

Overview

5

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

10

Recent Accounting Standards

12

Critical Accounting Policies

12

Statements of Income Analysis

13

Balance Sheet Analysis

22

Business Segment Review

27

Risk Management—Overview

34

Credit Risk Management

35

Market Risk Management

49

Liquidity Risk Management

52

Capital Management

54

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

58

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk (Item 3)

59

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

59

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

Balance Sheets (unaudited)

60

Statements of Income (unaudited)

61

Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

62

Statements of Changes in Equity (unaudited)

63

Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

64

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

65

Part II. Other Information

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

118

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

118

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

118

Exhibits (Item 6)

118

Signatures

119

Certifications

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder. These statements relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. They usually can be identified by the use of forward-looking language such as “will likely result,” “may,” “are expected to,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “projected,” “intends to,” or may include other similar words or phrases such as “believes,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continue,” “remain,” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” or similar verbs. You should not place undue reliance on these statements, as they are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risk factors set forth in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risks and uncertainties, as well as any cautionary statements we may make. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information then actually known to us. There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to: (1) general economic conditions and weakening in the economy, specifically the real estate market, either nationally or in the states in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company do business, are less favorable than expected; (2) deteriorating credit quality; (3) political developments, wars or other hostilities may disrupt or increase volatility in securities markets or other economic conditions; (4) changes in the interest rate environment reduce interest margins; (5) prepayment speeds, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs and loan loss provisions; (6) Fifth Third’s ability to maintain required capital levels and adequate sources of funding and liquidity; (7) maintaining capital requirements may limit Fifth Third’s operations and potential growth; (8) changes and trends in capital markets; (9) problems encountered by larger or similar financial institutions may adversely affect the banking industry and/or Fifth Third; (10) competitive pressures among depository institutions increase significantly; (11) effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; (12) changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or other regulatory agencies; (13) legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, adversely affect Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company or the businesses in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company are engaged, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (14) ability to maintain favorable ratings from rating agencies; (15) fluctuation of Fifth Third’s stock price; (16) ability to attract and retain key personnel; (17) ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries; (18) potentially dilutive effect of future acquisitions on current shareholders’ ownership of Fifth Third; (19) effects of accounting or financial results of one or more acquired entities; (20) difficulties from the separation of or the results of operations of Vantiv, LLC; (21) loss of income from any sale or potential sale of businesses that could have an adverse effect on Fifth Third’s earnings and future growth; (22) ability to secure confidential information and deliver products and services through the use of computer systems and telecommunications networks; and (23) the impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity.

2


Table of Contents

Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms

Fifth Third Bancorp provides the following list of abbreviations and acronyms as a tool for the reader that are used in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

ALCO: Asset Liability Management Committee

ALLL: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

AOCI: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

ARM: Adjustable Rate Mortgage

ATM: Automated Teller Machine

BHC: Bank Holding Company

BOLI: Bank Owned Life Insurance

bps: Basis points

BPO: Broker Price Opinion

CCAR: Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CDC: Fifth Third Community Development Corporation

CFPB: United States Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

C&I: Commercial and Industrial

DCF: Discounted Cash Flow

ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act

ERM: Enterprise Risk Management

ERMC: Enterprise Risk Management Committee

EVE: Economic Value of Equity

FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association

FRB: Federal Reserve Bank

FTAM: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc.

FTE: Fully Taxable Equivalent

FTP: Funds Transfer Pricing

FTS: Fifth Third Securities

GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association

GSE: Government Sponsored Enterprise

HAMP: Home Affordable Modification Program

HARP: Home Affordable Refinance Program

HFS: Held for Sale

IPO: Initial Public Offering

IRC: Internal Revenue Code

IRLC: Interest Rate Lock Commitment

ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

LCR: Liquidity Coverage Ratio

LIBOR: London InterBank Offered Rate

LLC: Limited Liability Company

LTV: Loan-to-Value

MD&A: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MSR: Mortgage Servicing Right

N/A: Not Applicable

NII: Net Interest Income

NM: Not Meaningful

NPR: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking

NSFR: Net Stable Funding Ratio

OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI: Other Comprehensive Income

OIS: Overnight Index Swap Rate

OREO: Other Real Estate Owned

OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

PMI: Private Mortgage Insurance

SBA: Small Business Administration

SEC: United States Securities and Exchange Commission

TBA: To Be Announced

TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring

TruPS: Trust Preferred Securities

U.S.: United States of America

U.S. GAAP: Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

UST: United States Treasury

VaR: Value-at-Risk

VIE: Variable Interest Entity

VRDN: Variable Rate Demand Note

3


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

The following is MD&A of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries.

TABLE 1: Selected Financial Data

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions, except for per share data)

2013 2012 % Change 2013 2012 % Change

Income Statement Data

Net interest income (a)

$ 885 899 (2 ) $ 1,777 1,802 (1 )

Noninterest income

1,060 678 56 1,803 1,448 25

Total revenue (a)

1,945 1,577 23 3,580 3,250 10

Provision for loan and lease losses

64 71 (11 ) 126 162 (22 )

Noninterest expense

1,035 937 10 2,013 1,911 5

Net income attributable to Bancorp

591 385 53 1,013 815 24

Net income available to common shareholders

582 376 55 995 797 25

Common Share Data

Earnings per share, basic

$ 0.67 0.41 63 $ 1.14 0.87 32

Earnings per share, diluted

0.65 0.40 63 1.11 0.85 31

Cash dividends per common share

0.12 0.08 50 0.23 0.16 44

Book value per share

15.56 14.56 7 15.56 14.56 7

Market value per share

18.05 13.40 35 18.05 13.40 35

Financial Ratios (%)

Return on average assets

1.94 % 1.32 47 1.68 % 1.40 20

Return on average common equity

17.3 11.4 51 14.9 12.2 22

Dividend payout ratio

17.9 19.5 (8 ) 20.2 18.4 10

Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets

11.64 11.58 11.51 11.54

Tangible common equity (b)

8.83 9.15 (4 ) 8.83 9.15 (4 )

Net interest margin (a)

3.33 3.56 (6 ) 3.38 3.59 (6 )

Efficiency (a)

53.2 59.4 (10 ) 56.2 58.8 (4 )

Credit Quality

Net losses charged off

$ 112 181 (39 ) $ 245 401 (39 )

Net losses charged off as a percent of average loans and leases

0.51 % 0.88 (42 ) 0.57 % 0.98 (42 )

ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases

1.99 2.45 (19 ) 1.99 2.45 (19 )

Allowance for credit losses as a percent of portfolio loans and
leases (c)

2.18 2.66 (18 ) 2.18 2.66 (18 )

Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including other real estate owned (d)

1.32 1.96 (33 ) 1.32 1.96 (33 )

Average Balances

Loans and leases, including held for sale

$ 89,473 84,508 6 $ 89,179 84,132 6

Total securities and other short-term investments

16,962 17,168 (1 ) 16,904 16,952

Total assets

122,212 117,654 4 121,668 116,989 4

Transaction deposits (e)

81,678 77,621 5 81,311 77,378 5

Core deposits (f)

85,537 81,980 4 85,231 81,833 4

Wholesale funding (g)

17,508 17,533 17,595 17,065 3

Bancorp shareholders’ equity

14,221 13,628 4 14,001 13,497 4

Regulatory Capital Ratios (%)

Tier I risk-based capital

11.07 % 12.31 (10 ) 11.07 % 12.31 (10 )

Total risk-based capital

14.34 16.24 (12 ) 14.34 16.24 (12 )

Tier I leverage

10.40 11.39 (9 ) 10.40 11.39 (9 )

Tier I common equity (b)

9.43 9.77 (3 ) 9.43 9.77 (3 )

(a) Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustment for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $5 and $4, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $9 .
(b) The tangible common equity and Tier I common equity ratios are non-GAAP measures. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.
(c) The allowance for credit losses is the sum of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments.
(d) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(e) Includes demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits.
(f) Includes transaction deposits plus other time deposits.
(g) Includes certificates $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

4


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

OVERVIEW

Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had $123.4 billion in assets, operated 18 affiliates with 1,326 full-service Banking Centers, including 104 Bank Mart ® locations open seven days a week inside select grocery stores, and 2,433 ATMs in 12 states throughout the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the U.S. The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. The Bancorp also has a 28% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC. The carrying value of the Bancorp’s investment in Vantiv Holding, LLC was $448 million as of June 30, 2013.

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document as well as the 2012 Form 10-K. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, see the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp believes that banking is first and foremost a relationship business where the strength of the competition and challenges for growth can vary in every market. The Bancorp believes its affiliate operating model provides a competitive advantage by emphasizing individual relationships. Through its affiliate operating model, individual managers at all levels within the affiliates are given the opportunity to tailor financial solutions for their customers.

Net interest income, net interest margin and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, net interest income, on an FTE basis, and noninterest income provided 45% and 55% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries is immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of losses on its loan and lease portfolio, as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as, loan defaults and inadequate collateral due to a weakened economy within the Bancorp’s footprint.

Noninterest income is derived primarily from mortgage banking net revenue, service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue, investment advisory revenue, card and processing revenue and other noninterest income. Noninterest expense is primarily driven by personnel costs, net occupancy expenses, and technology and communication costs.

Vantiv, Inc. Share Sale

The Bancorp’s ownership position in Vantiv Holding, LLC was reduced in the second quarter of 2013 when the Bancorp sold an approximate five percent interest and recognized a $242 million gain. The Bancorp’s remaining approximate 28% ownership in Vantiv Holding, LLC was accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and had a carrying value of $448 million as of June 30, 2013.

As of June 30, 2013, the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 53.8 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 53.8 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Bancorp sold additional shares of Vantiv, Inc. For additional information, see Note 22 in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

5


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

CCAR Results

On March 14, 2013, the Bancorp announced the results of its capital plan submitted to the FRB as part of the 2013 CCAR. The FRB indicated to the Bancorp that it did not object to the following capital actions for the period beginning April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2014: the potential increase in its quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share; the potential repurchase of up to $750 million in TruPS, subject to the determination of a regulatory capital event and replacement with the issuance of a similar amount of Tier II-qualifying subordinated debt; the potential conversion of the $398 million in outstanding Series G 8.5% convertible preferred stock into approximately 35.5 million common shares issued to the holders and the repurchase of the common shares issued in the conversion up to $550 million in market value, and the issuance of $550 million in preferred shares; the potential repurchase of common shares in an amount up to $984 million, including any shares issued in a Series G preferred stock conversion and the potential issuance of an additional $500 million in preferred stock. In addition, the Bancorp intends to make incremental repurchases of common shares in the amount of any after-tax gains from the sale of Vantiv, Inc. common stock. For more information on the 2013 CCAR results, refer to the Capital Management section of MD&A.

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock in 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share purchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million, of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. At settlement of the transaction on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On March 19, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. This share repurchase authorization replaced the Board’s previous authorization from August of 2012.

On May 21, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 25,035,519 shares, or approximately $539 million, of its outstanding common stock on May 24, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program previously announced on March 19, 2013. The Bancorp expects the settlement of the transaction to occur on or before October 21, 2013. Approximately $600 million of repurchase authorization remains under the 2013 CCAR, excluding any after-tax gains realized by the Bancorp from future sales of Vantiv, Inc. shares.

Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion

As contemplated by the 2013 CCAR, on May 13, 2013 the Bancorp issued in a registered public offering 600,000 depositary shares, representing 24,000 shares of 5.10% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock, for net proceeds of $593 million. Each preferred share has a $25,000 liquidation preference. The preferred stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative semi-annual basis, at an annual rate of 5.10% through but excluding June 30, 2023, at which time it converts to a quarterly floating rate dividend of three-month LIBOR plus 3.033%. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series H preferred shares at its option in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 30, 2023 and following a regulatory capital event at any time prior to June 30, 2023. The Series H preferred shares are not convertible into Bancorp common shares or any other securities. Under the 2013 CCAR, the Bancorp has $450 million of remaining preferred stock available for issuance as of June 30, 2013.

On June 11, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion into common stock, no par value, of all outstanding shares of the Bancorp’s 8.50% non-cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, Series G, which shares are represented by depositary shares each representing 1/250th of a share of Series G preferred stock, pursuant to the Amended Articles of Incorporation. The Articles grant the Bancorp the right, at its option, to convert all outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock if the closing price of common stock exceeded 130% of the applicable conversion price for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days. The closing price of shares of common stock satisfied such threshold for the 30 trading days ended June 10, 2013, and the Bancorp gave the required notice of its exercise of its conversion right. On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted the remaining 16,442 outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock, which

6


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

represented 4,110,500 depositary shares, into shares of Fifth Third’s common stock. Each share of Series G preferred stock was converted into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a total of 35,511,740 issued shares. The common shares issued in the conversion are exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities exchanged exclusively with Bancorp’s existing security holders where no commission or other remuneration was paid. Upon conversion, the depositary shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and withdrawn from the Exchange.

Senior Notes Offering

On February 25, 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program. The amended global bank note program increased the Bank’s capacity to issue its senior and subordinated unsecured bank notes from $20 billion to $25 billion. Additionally, on February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes, with a maturity of five years, due on February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 bps, with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016. The bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

Legislative Developments

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into federal law. This act implements changes to the financial services industry and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The legislation establishes a CFPB responsible for implementing and enforcing compliance with consumer financial laws, changes the methodology for determining deposit insurance assessments, gives the FRB the ability to regulate and limit interchange rates charged to merchants for the use of debit cards, enacts new limitations on proprietary trading, broadens the scope of derivative instruments subject to regulation, requires on-going stress tests and the submission of annual capital plans for certain organizations and requires changes to regulatory capital ratios. This act also calls for federal regulatory agencies to conduct multiple studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions. While the total impact of the fully implemented Dodd-Frank Act on the Bancorp is not currently known, the impact is expected to be substantial and may have an adverse impact on the Bancorp’s financial performance and growth opportunities.

The Bancorp was impacted by a number of components of the Dodd-Frank Act which were implemented in 2012 and 2013. On October 9, 2012, the FRB published final stress testing rules that implement section 165(i)(1) and (i)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The bank holding companies that participated in the 2009 SCAP and subsequent CCAR, which includes the Bancorp, are subject to the final stress testing rules. The rules require both supervisory and company-run stress tests, which provide forward-looking information to supervisors to help assess whether institutions have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions.

The FRB launched the 2013 stress testing program and CCAR on November 9, 2012. The CCAR required bank holding companies to submit a capital plan in addition to their stress testing results. The mandatory elements of the capital plan were an assessment of the expected use and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon, a discussion of any expected changes to the Bancorp’s business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity, a detailed description of the Bancorp’s process for assessing capital adequacy and the Bancorp’s capital policy. The stress testing results and capital plan were submitted by the Bancorp to the FRB on January 7, 2013. In March of 2013, the FRB disclosed its estimates of participating institutions results under the FRB supervisory stress scenario, including capital results, which assume all banks take certain consistently applied future capital actions. In addition, the FRB disclosed its estimates of participating institutions results under the FRB supervisory severe stress scenarios including capital results based on each company’s own base scenario capital actions. On March 14, 2013, the Bancorp announced the results of its capital plan and company run stress test submitted to the FRB as part of the 2013 CCAR.

The FRB’s review of the capital plan assessed the comprehensiveness of the capital plan, the reasonableness of the assumptions and the analysis underlying the capital plan. Additionally, the FRB reviewed the robustness of the capital adequacy process, the capital policy and the Bancorp’s ability to maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and above a Tier I common ratio of five percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon. The FRB assessed the Bancorp’s strategies for addressing proposed revisions to the regulatory capital framework agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and requirements arising from the Dodd-Frank Act.

Beginning in 2013, the Bancorp and other large bank holding companies were required to conduct a separate mid-year stress test using financial data as of March 31 st under three company-derived macro-economic scenarios (base, adverse and severely adverse). The Bancorp submitted the results of its mid-year stress test to the FRB in July of 2013 and the FRB will publish a summary of the results under the severely adverse scenario in September of 2013. For further discussion on the 2013 Stress Tests and CCAR, see the Capital Management section in MD&A.

In January of 2013, the CFPB issued several final regulations and changes to certain consumer protections under existing laws. These regulations are intended to strengthen consumer protections for high-cost mortgages, amend escrow requirements under the Truth in Lending Act, require mortgage lenders to consider the consumers’ ability to repay home loans before extending them credit, implement mortgage servicing rules, amend the Equal Credit Opportunity Act regarding appraisals and other written valuations for first lien residential mortgage loans and revises the Truth in Lending Act to strengthen loan originator qualification requirements and regulate industry compensation practices. These regulations take effect in 2014 except for the escrow requirements and certain provisions of the compensation rules under the Truth in Lending Act which took effect on June 1, 2013. The Bancorp is currently assessing the impact these new regulations will have on its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

7


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Fifth Third offers qualified deposit customers a deposit advance product if they choose to avail themselves of this service to meet short term, small-dollar financial needs. In April of 2013, the CFPB issued a “White Paper” which studied financial services industry offerings and customer use of deposit advance products as well as payday loans and is considering whether rules governing these products are warranted. At the same time, the OCC and FDIC each issued proposed supervisory guidance for public comment to institutions they supervise which supplements existing OCC and FDIC guidance, detailing the principles they expect financial institutions to follow in connection with deposit advance products and supervisory expectations for the use of deposit advance products. The Federal Reserve also issued a statement in April to state member banks like Fifth Third for whom the Federal Reserve is the primary regulator. This statement encouraged state member banks to respond to customers’ small-dollar credit needs in a responsible manner; emphasized that they should take into consideration the risks associated with deposit advance products, including potential consumer harm and potential elevated compliance risk; and reminded them that these product offerings must comply with applicable laws and regulations. Fifth Third’s deposit advance product was designed to fully comply with all applicable federal and state laws. Use of this product is subject to strict eligibility requirements and advance restriction guidelines to limit dependency on this product as a borrowing source. Fifth Third believes this product provides customers with a relatively low-cost alternative for such needs. Fifth Third is currently evaluating the Federal Reserve’s statement, the proposed guidance by other regulators, and the CFPB’s White Paper, to determine whether any changes need to be made to this offering and alternative methods, products and services to ensure that we are able to continue to meet our customers’ needs. As a result, we cannot at this time estimate the negative financial impact of any changes that may be required as a result of these or future developments. These advance balances are included in other consumer loans and leases on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with revenue reported in interest and fees on loans and leases in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and in Tables 3 and 4 in the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance international capital standards. In June of 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III, such as re-defining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier I common equity ratio. In July of 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved the final enhanced regulatory capital rules (Basel III), which included modifications to the proposed rules. The Bancorp continues to evaluate the final rules and their potential impact. For more information on the impact of the regulatory capital enhancements, refer to the Capital Management section of MD&A.

In October of 2011, the banking agencies issued an NPR that would implement the provisions of the Volcker Rule. These provisions prohibit banks and bank holding companies from engaging in certain types of proprietary trading. The scope of the proprietary trading prohibition, and its impact on Fifth Third, will depend on the definitions in the final rule, particularly those definitions related to statutory exemptions for risk-mitigating hedging activities, market-making and customer-related activities. The Volcker Rule and the rulemakings promulgated thereunder are also expected to restrict banks and their affiliated entities from investing in or sponsoring certain private equity and hedge funds. Fifth Third does not sponsor any private equity or hedge funds that, under the proposed rule, it is prohibited from sponsoring. As of June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had approximately $168 million in interests and approximately $94 million in binding commitments to invest in private equity funds likely to be affected by the Volcker Rule. It is expected that over time the Bancorp may need to eliminate these investments although it is likely that these amounts will be reduced over time in the ordinary course before compliance is required.

In November 2010, the FDIC implemented a final rule amending its deposit insurance regulations to implement section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act providing for unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts for two years starting December 31, 2010. The FDIC did not charge a separate assessment for the insurance unlike the previous Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Beginning January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are no longer insured separately from depositors’ other accounts at the same insured depository institution.

On January 7, 2013, the Basel Committee issued a final standard for the LCR, which would phase in the LCR beginning in 2015 with full implementation in 2019. In addition, the Basel Committee plans on introducing the NSFR final standard in the next two years. Refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section in MD&A for further discussion on these ratios.

On July 31, 2013, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia issued an order granting summary judgment to the plaintiffs in a case challenging certain provisions of the FRB’s rule concerning electronic debit card transaction fees and network exclusivity arrangements (the “Current Rule”) that were adopted to implement Section 1075 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the Durbin Amendment. The Court held that, in adopting the Current Rule, the FRB violated the Durbin Amendment’s provisions concerning which costs are allowed to be taken into account for purposes of setting fees that are reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by the issuer and therefore the Current Rule’s maximum permissible fees were too high. In addition, the Court held that the Current Rule’s network non-exclusivity provisions concerning unaffiliated payment networks for debit cards also violated the Durbin Amendment. The Court vacated the Current Rule, but stayed its ruling to provide the FRB an opportunity to replace the invalidated portions. The FRB has not yet announced whether it will appeal this decision. If this decision is ultimately upheld and/or the FRB re-issues rules for purposes of implementing the Durbin Amendment in a manner consistent with this decision, the amount of debt card interchange fees the Bancorp would be permitted to charge likely would be reduced, thereby negatively affecting the Bancorp’s financial performance. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for further information regarding the Bancorp’s debit card interchange revenue.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the second quarter of 2013 was $582 million, or $0.65 per diluted share, which was net of $9 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the second quarter of 2012 was $376 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, which was net of $9 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income

8


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

available to common shareholders for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $995 million, or $1.11 per diluted share, which was net of $18 million in preferred stock dividends. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders was $797 million, or $0.85 per diluted share, which was net of $18 million in preferred stock dividends. Pre-provision net revenue was $905 million and $1.6 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $636 million and $1.3 billion in the same periods in 2012. Pre-provision net revenue is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section in MD&A.

Net interest income decreased to $885 million and $1.8 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $899 million and $1.8 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. For both periods, net interest income was negatively impacted by a 35 bps decline in yields on the Bancorp’s interest-earning assets, partially offset by a $5.0 billion increase in average loans and leases due primarily to increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average residential mortgage loans. In addition, interest expense decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a reduction in higher cost average long-term debt along with a decrease in the rate paid on average long-term debt. Net interest margin was 3.33% and 3.38% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 3.56% and 3.59% for the same periods in the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $382 million, or 56%, in the second quarter of 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year and increased $355 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase for both periods was primarily due to increases in other noninterest income and mortgage banking net revenue. Other noninterest income increased $311 million and $244 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year, primarily due to a $242 million gain on the sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares recognized in the second quarter of 2013. Additionally, other noninterest income increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year due to an increase in the positive valuation adjustments on stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC, an increase in BOLI income due to a settlement related to a previously surrendered BOLI policy and a decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $50 million and $66 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in mortgage banking net revenue for both periods was primarily due to an increase in positive net valuation adjustments on mortgage servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge the MSR portfolio partially offset by a decrease in origination fees and gains on loan sales.

Noninterest expense increased $98 million, or 10%, in the second quarter of 2013 and increased $102 million, or five percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase for both periods was primarily due to increases in other noninterest expense of $80 million and $75 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to increases in losses and adjustments related to increases in litigation expense and a fraud loss recorded in the second quarter of 2013. In addition, total personnel costs (salaries, wages and incentives plus employee benefits) increased $10 million and $13 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year, due to an increase in incentive compensation as a result of improved production levels and an increase in stock compensation expense.

Credit Summary

The Bancorp does not originate subprime mortgage loans and does not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its securities portfolio. However, the Bancorp has exposure to disruptions in the capital markets and weakened economic conditions. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, credit trends have improved, and as a result, the provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $64 million and $126 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $71 million and $162 million, respectively, for the same periods in 2012. In addition, net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 0.51% during the second quarter of 2013 compared to 0.88% during the second quarter of 2012 and decreased to 0.57% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 0.98% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. At June 30, 2013, nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO (excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale) decreased to 1.32%, compared to 1.49% at December 31, 2012. For further discussion on credit quality, see the Credit Risk Management section in MD&A.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp’s capital ratios exceed the “well-capitalized” guidelines as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As of June 30, 2013, the Tier I risk-based capital ratio was 11.07%, the Tier I leverage ratio was 10.40% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 14.34%.

9


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio, tangible common equity ratio and Tier I common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bancorp’s capital adequacy using these ratios, the Bancorp believes they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess its capital adequacy on the same basis.

The Bancorp believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of the Bancorp’s capitalization to other organizations. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, the Bancorp’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations, and the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited. As a result, the Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

U.S. banking regulators approved final capital rules (Basel III) in July of 2013 that substantially amend the existing risk-based capital rules (Basel I) for banks. The Bancorp believes providing an estimate of its capital position based upon the final rules is important to complement the existing capital ratios and for comparability to other financial institutions. Since these rules are not effective for the Bancorp until January 1, 2015, they are considered non-GAAP measures and therefore are included in the following non-GAAP financial measures table.

Pre-provision net revenue is net interest income plus noninterest income minus noninterest expense. The Bancorp believes this measure is important because it provides a ready view of the Bancorp’s earnings before the impact of provision expense.

10


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP as of or for the three and six months ended:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income before income taxes (U.S. GAAP)

$ 841 565 1,432 1,168

Add: Provision expense (U.S. GAAP)

64 71 126 162

Pre-provision net revenue

905 636 1,558 1,330

Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)

$ 582 376 995 797

Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax

1 2 2 3

Tangible net income available to common shareholders

$ 583 378 997 800

June 30, December 31,
2013 2012

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

$ 14,239 13,716

Less: Preferred stock

(991 ) (398 )

Goodwill

(2,416 ) (2,416 )

Intangible assets

(23 ) (27 )

Tangible common equity, including unrealized gains / losses

10,809 10,875

Less: Accumulated other comprehensive income

(149 ) (375 )

Tangible common equity, excluding unrealized gains / losses (1)

10,660 10,500

Add: Preferred stock

991 398

Tangible equity (2)

$ 11,651 10,898

Total assets (U.S. GAAP)

$ 123,360 121,894

Less: Goodwill

(2,416 ) (2,416 )

Intangible assets

(23 ) (27 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax

(229 ) (577 )

Tangible assets, excluding unrealized gains / losses (3)

$ 120,692 118,874

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

$ 14,239 13,716

Less: Goodwill and certain other intangibles

(2,496 ) (2,499 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

(149 ) (375 )

Add: Qualifying TruPS

810 810

Other

22 33

Tier I risk-based capital

12,426 11,685

Less: Preferred stock

(991 ) (398 )

Qualifying TruPS

(810 ) (810 )

Qualified noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries

(38 ) (48 )

Tier I common equity (4)

$ 10,587 10,429

Risk-weighted assets (a) (5)

$ 112,285 109,699

Ratios:

Tangible equity (2) / (3)

9.65 % 9.17

Tangible common equity (1) / (3)

8.83 % 8.83

Tier I common equity (4) / (5)

9.43 % 9.51

Basel III—Estimated Tier I common equity ratio

Tier I common equity (Basel I)

$ 10,587

Add: Adjustment related to capital components (b)

86

Estimated Tier I common equity under final Basel III rules without AOCI (opt out) (6)

10,673

Add: Adjustment related to AOCI (c)

149

Estimated Tier I common equity under final Basel III rules with AOCI (non opt out) (7)

10,822

Estimated risk-weighted assets under final Basel III rules (d) (8)

117,366

Estimated Tier I common equity ratio under final Basel III rules (opt out) (6) / (8)

9.09 %

Estimated Tier I common equity ratio under final Basel III rules (non opt out) (7) / (8)

9.22 %

(a) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together, along with the measure for market risk, resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.
(b) Adjustments related to capital components include MSRs and deferred tax assets subject to threshold limitations and deferred tax liabilities related to intangible assets, which were deductions to capital under Basel I capital rules.
(c) Under final Basel III rules, non-advanced approach banks are permitted to make a one-time election to opt out of the requirement to include AOCI in Tier I common equity.
(d) Key differences under Basel III in the calculation of risk-weighted assets compared to Basel I include: (1) Risk weighting for commitments under 1 year; (2) Higher risk weighting for exposures to securitizations, past due loans, foreign banks and certain commercial real estate; (3) Higher risk weighting for MSRs and deferred tax assets that are under certain thresholds as a percent of Tier I capital; and (4) Derivatives are differentiated between exchange clearing and over-the-counter and the 50% risk-weight cap is removed.

11


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standards applicable to the Bancorp and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, income taxes, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements and goodwill. These accounting policies are discussed in detail in Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. No material changes were made to the valuation techniques or models during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

12


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on securities, loans and leases (including yield-related fees) and other interest-earning assets less the interest paid for core deposits (includes transaction deposits and other time deposits) and wholesale funding (includes certificates of deposit $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 3 and 4 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, as well as the relative impact of changes in the balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities included in other assets.

Net interest income was $885 million for the second quarter of 2013, a decrease of $14 million compared to the second quarter of 2012. Net interest income was $1.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2013, a decrease of $25 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012. Included within net interest income are amounts related to the accretion of discounts on acquired loans and deposits, primarily as a result of acquisitions in previous years, which increased net interest income by $5 million and $10 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $11 million and $19 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The original purchase accounting discounts reflected the high discount rates in the market at the time of the acquisitions; the total loan discounts are being accreted into net interest income over the remaining period to maturity of the loans acquired. Based upon the remaining period to maturity, and excluding the impact of potential prepayments, the Bancorp anticipates recognizing approximately $5 million in additional net interest income during the remainder of 2013 as a result of the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, net interest income was negatively impacted by a 35 bps decline in yields on the Bancorp’s interest-earnings assets compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease in yields on interest-earning assets was partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases of $5.0 billion for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year, as well as a decrease in interest expense compared to the prior year periods. The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of a $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, decrease in average long-term debt coupled with a 46 bps and 47 bps, respectively, decrease in the rate paid on average long-term debt for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the net interest rate spread decreased to 3.16% and 3.20%, respectively, from 3.35% and 3.37% in the same periods in 2012, as the benefit of the decreases in rates on interest-bearing liabilities was more than offset by a decrease in yield on average interest-earnings assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 when compared to the same periods in 2012.

Net interest margin was 3.33% and 3.38% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 3.56% and 3.59% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net interest margin was impacted by the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits that resulted in an increase in net interest margin of 2 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to a 4 bps and 3 bps increase during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Exclusive of these amounts, net interest margin decreased 21 bps and 20 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The decrease from both periods in 2012 was driven primarily by the previously mentioned decline in the yield on average interest-earning assets, partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases and a reduction in higher cost long-term debt coupled with a decrease in the rates paid on average long-term debt.

Interest income from loans and leases decreased $26 million, or three percent, compared to the second quarter of 2012 and decreased $43 million, or two percent, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease from the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily the result of a decrease of 37 bps and 33 bps, respectively, in yields on average loans and leases partially offset by an increase of six percent in average loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year. The increase in average loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was driven primarily by an increase of 15% in average commercial and industrial loans and an increase of 15% in average residential mortgage loans for both periods. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, see the Loans and Leases section of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, interest income from investment securities and other short-term investments decreased $16 million, or 12%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 primarily as the result of a 39 bps decrease in the average yield on taxable securities. Interest income from investment securities and other short-term investments decreased $45 million, or 16%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to a 54 bps decrease in the average yield on taxable securities.

Average core deposits increased $3.6 billion, or four percent, compared to the second quarter of 2012 and increased $3.4 billion, or four percent, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase from both periods was primarily due to an increase in average money market deposits and average demand deposits partially offset by decreases in average savings deposits and average other time deposits. The cost of average core deposits decreased to 18 bps and 19 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, from 21 bps and 22 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of a mix shift to lower cost core deposits as a result of run-off of higher priced CDs combined with decreases of 7 bps and 8 bps in the rate paid on average savings deposits and decreases of 12 bps on average other time deposits compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

13


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, interest expense on average wholesale funding decreased $25 million and $52 million, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily as a result of a $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion decrease in average long-term debt. In addition, the decrease in interest expense on average wholesale funding for both periods was also due to a decrease in the rates paid on average long-term debt of 46 bps and 47 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012, respectively. The reduction in higher cost long-term debt was primarily the result of the redemption of outstanding TruPS and FHLB debt in the second half of 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the Bancorp redeemed $1.4 billion of outstanding TruPS which had a 7.25% distribution rate. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Bancorp terminated $1.0 billion of FHLB debt with a fixed rate of 4.56%. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, average wholesale funding represented 24% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 24% and 23%, respectively, during the same periods in the prior year. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Market Risk Management section of MD&A.

14


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 3: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

For the three months ended

June 30, 2013 June 30, 2012 Attribution of Change in
Net Interest Income (a)

($ in millions)

Average
Balance
Revenue/
Cost
Average
Yield/
Rate
Average
Balance
Revenue/
Cost
Average
Yield/
Rate
Volume Yield/Rate Total

Assets

Interest-earning assets:

Loans and leases: (b)

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,636 $ 336 3.58 % $ 32,770 $ 337 4.13 % $ 47 (48 ) (1 )

Commercial mortgage

8,627 79 3.65 9,873 93 3.81 (10 ) (4 ) (14 )

Commercial construction

717 6 3.41 886 7 3.05 (2 ) 1 (1 )

Commercial leases

3,553 30 3.36 3,471 32 3.68 1 (3 ) (2 )

Subtotal – commercial

50,533 451 3.58 47,000 469 4.01 36 (54 ) (18 )

Residential mortgage loans

14,984 146 3.91 13,059 134 4.12 19 (7 ) 12

Home equity

9,625 90 3.76 10,430 98 3.80 (7 ) (1 ) (8 )

Automobile loans

11,887 94 3.16 11,755 110 3.76 2 (18 ) (16 )

Credit card

2,071 51 9.97 1,915 47 9.92 4 4

Other consumer loans/leases

373 37 39.49 349 37 42.87 3 (3 )

Subtotal – consumer

38,940 418 4.31 37,508 426 4.57 21 (29 ) (8 )

Total loans and leases

89,473 869 3.89 84,508 895 4.26 57 (83 ) (26 )

Securities:

Taxable

15,346 118 3.09 15,548 134 3.48 (1 ) (15 ) (16 )

Exempt from income taxes (b)

55 1 5.01 62 1 5.02

Other short-term investments

1,561 1 0.24 1,558 1 0.24

Total interest-earning assets

106,435 989 3.73 101,676 1,031 4.08 56 (98 ) (42 )

Cash and due from banks

2,359 2,264

Other assets

15,198 15,835

Allowance for loan and lease losses

(1,780 ) (2,121 )

Total assets

$ 122,212 $ 117,654

Liabilities and Equity

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Interest checking

$ 22,796 $ 13 0.23 % $ 23,548 $ 12 0.22 % $ (1 ) 2 1

Savings

18,864 6 0.12 22,143 11 0.19 (1 ) (4 ) (5 )

Money market

8,918 6 0.24 4,258 2 0.22 4 4

Foreign office deposits

1,418 1 0.29 1,321 1 0.27

Other time deposits

3,859 14 1.48 4,359 17 1.60 (2 ) (1 ) (3 )

Certificates - $100,000 and over

6,519 13 0.82 3,130 12 1.50 8 (7 ) 1

Other deposits

10 0.08 23 0.13

Federal funds purchased

560 0.11 408 0.15

Other short-term borrowings

2,867 1 0.18 4,303 2 0.17 (1 ) (1 )

Long-term debt

7,552 50 2.65 9,669 75 3.11 (15 ) (10 ) (25 )

Total interest-bearing liabilities

73,363 104 0.57 73,162 132 0.73 (8 ) (20 ) (28 )

Demand deposits

29,682 26,351

Other liabilities

4,908 4,462

Total liabilities

107,953 103,975

Total equity

14,259 13,679

Total liabilities and equity

$ 122,212 $ 117,654

Net interest income

$ 885 $ 899 $ 64 (78 ) (14 )

Net interest margin

3.33 % 3.56 %

Net interest rate spread

3.16 3.35

Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets

68.93 71.96

(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.
(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $5 and $4 for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

15


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 4: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

For the six months ended

June 30, 2013 June 30, 2012 Attribution of Change in
Net Interest Income (a)

($ in millions)

Average
Balance
Revenue/
Cost
Average
Yield
Rate
Average
Balance
Revenue/
Cost
Average
Yield
Rate
Volume Yield/Rate Total

Assets

Interest-earning assets:

Loans and leases: (b)

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,033 $ 686 3.74 % $ 32,095 $ 665 4.16 % $ 93 (72 ) 21

Commercial mortgage

8,801 159 3.64 9,975 192 3.88 (22 ) (11 ) (33 )

Commercial construction

709 12 3.32 947 14 3.05 (3 ) 1 (2 )

Commercial leases

3,555 59 3.37 3,507 65 3.73 (6 ) (6 )

Subtotal – commercial

50,098 916 3.69 46,524 936 4.05 68 (88 ) (20 )

Residential mortgage loans

14,925 292 3.94 12,994 268 4.15 38 (14 ) 24

Home equity

9,748 181 3.75 10,518 200 3.82 (15 ) (4 ) (19 )

Automobile loans

11,991 191 3.22 11,819 228 3.87 2 (39 ) (37 )

Credit card

2,070 101 9.82 1,920 92 9.67 8 1 9

Other consumer loans/leases

347 74 42.84 357 74 41.46 (2 ) 2

Subtotal – consumer

39,081 839 4.33 37,608 862 4.61 31 (54 ) (23 )

Total loans and leases

89,179 1,755 3.97 84,132 1,798 4.30 99 (142 ) (43 )

Securities:

Taxable

15,285 230 3.04 15,430 275 3.58 (4 ) (41 ) (45 )

Exempt from income taxes (b)

53 1 5.21 61 1 5.31

Other short-term investments

1,566 2 0.25 1,461 2 0.25

Total interest-earning assets

106,083 1,988 3.78 101,084 2,076 4.13 95 (183 ) (88 )

Cash and due from banks

2,292 2,304

Other assets

15,108 15,785

Allowance for loan and lease losses

(1,815 ) (2,184 )

Total assets

$ 121,668 $ 116,989

Liabilities and Equity

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Interest checking

$ 23,277 $ 26 0.23 % $ 22,928 $ 25 0.22 % $ (2 ) 3 1

Savings

19,218 12 0.12 22,043 22 0.20 (2 ) (8 ) (10 )

Money market

8,428 10 0.24 4,401 5 0.22 5 5

Foreign office deposits

1,261 2 0.28 1,799 2 0.26

Other time deposits

3,920 29 1.49 4,455 36 1.61 (4 ) (3 ) (7 )

Certificates - $100,000 and over

5,275 24 0.92 3,154 24 1.52 12 (12 )

Other deposits

25 0.12 21 0.11

Federal funds purchased

625 0.13 389 0.13

Other short-term borrowings

4,141 4 0.18 3,782 3 0.15 1 1

Long-term debt

7,529 104 2.79 9,719 157 3.26 (33 ) (20 ) (53 )

Total interest-bearing liabilities

73,699 211 0.58 72,691 274 0.76 (24 ) (39 ) (63 )

Demand deposits

29,127 26,207

Other liabilities

4,798 4,544

Total liabilities

107,624 103,442

Total equity

14,044 13,547

Total liabilities and equity

$ 121,668 $ 116,989

Net interest income

$ 1,777 $ 1,802 $ 119 (144 ) (25 )

Net interest margin

3.38 % 3.59 %

Net interest rate spread

3.20 3.37

Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets

69.47 71.91

(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.
(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table are $9 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp provides as an expense an amount for probable loan and lease losses within the loan and lease portfolio that is based on factors previously discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses inherent in the portfolio. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans actually removed from the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets is referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for loan and lease losses was $64 million and $126 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $71 million and $162 million during the same periods in 2012. The decrease in provision expense for both periods was due to decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases, and improvement in underlying loss trends. The ALLL declined $119 million from $1.9 billion at December 31, 2012 to $1.7 billion at June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.99%, compared to 2.16% at December 31, 2012.

16


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Refer to the Credit Risk Management section of the MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information on the provision for loan and lease losses, including an analysis of loan portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and the ALLL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $382 million, or 56%, for the second quarter of 2013 compared to the second quarter of 2012 and increased $355 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year.

The components of noninterest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

TABLE 5: Noninterest Income

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 % Change 2013 2012 % Change

Mortgage banking net revenue

$ 233 183 28 $ 453 387 17

Service charges on deposits

136 130 4 267 260 3

Corporate banking revenue

106 102 4 205 199 3

Investment advisory revenue

98 93 6 198 190 5

Card and processing revenue

67 64 6 132 122 8

Other noninterest income

414 103 NM 523 279 88

Securities gains, net

3 (96 ) 17 11 48

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

6 NM 8 NM

Total noninterest income

$ 1,060 678 56 $ 1,803 1,448 25

Mortgage banking net revenue

Mortgage banking net revenue increased $50 million and $66 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

The components of mortgage banking net revenue are as follows:

TABLE 6: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Origination fees and gains on loan sales

$ 150 183 $ 319 357

Net mortgage servicing revenue:

Gross mortgage servicing fees

62 63 124 124

Mortgage servicing rights amortization

(51 ) (41 ) (104 ) (86 )

Net valuation adjustments on servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge MSR

72 (22 ) 114 (8 )

Net mortgage servicing revenue

83 134 30

Mortgage banking net revenue

$ 233 183 $ 453 387

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $33 million and $38 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily the result of lower profit margins on sold residential mortgage loans partially offset by a 26% and 20% increase in residential mortgage loan originations from the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Residential mortgage loan originations increased to $7.5 billion during the second quarter of 2013 compared to $5.9 billion during the second quarter of 2012 and increased to $14.9 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $12.4 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in originations is primarily due to strong refinancing activity including an increase in refinancing activity under the HARP 2.0 program.

Net mortgage servicing revenue is comprised of gross mortgage servicing fees and related mortgage servicing rights amortization as well as valuation adjustments on MSRs and mark-to-market adjustments on both settled and outstanding free-standing derivative financial instruments used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. Net mortgage servicing revenue increased $83 million and $104 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, driven primarily by increases of $94 million and $122 million, respectively, in net valuation adjustments partially offset by increases in mortgage servicing rights amortization of $10 million and $18 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

The net valuation adjustment gain of $72 million during the second quarter of 2013 included a recovery of temporary impairment of $102 million on the MSRs partially offset by $30 million in losses from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. Servicing rights are deemed impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the

17


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

risk associated with changes in the valuation on the MSR portfolio. See Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. The net valuation adjustment loss of $22 million during the second quarter of 2012 included $60 million in temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio partially offset by $38 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. The net valuation adjustment gain of $114 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 included a recovery of temporary impairment of $151 million on the MSRs partially offset by $37 million in losses from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. The net valuation adjustment loss of $8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included $49 million of temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio partially offset by $42 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSR portfolio. Mortgage rates increased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. This caused modeled prepayments speeds to slow, which led to the recovery on temporary impairment on servicing rights during both periods.

The Bancorp’s total residential loans serviced as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $81.7 billion and $74.8 billion, respectively, with $67.2 billion, and $61.6 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Unrealized gains of $6 million and $8 million related to these securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, were recorded in securities gains, net, non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no sales of securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Service charges on deposits

Service charges on deposits increased $6 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily driven by commercial deposit revenue which increased $4 million and $8 million compared to the same periods in the prior year. The increase in commercial deposit revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily due to a pricing change implemented in 2012 and the acquisition of new customers. Additionally, the three months ended June 30, 2013 included an increase in treasury management fees. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, consumer deposit revenue increased $2 million compared to the same period in the prior year due to an increase in consumer checking fees due to new deposit product offerings partially offset by the elimination of daily overdraft fees on continuing consumer overdraft positions which took effect late in the second quarter of 2012.

Corporate banking revenue

Corporate banking revenue increased $4 million and $6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to a $7 million increase in syndication fees partially offset by a decrease of $3 million in institutional sales revenue. The increase compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in syndication fees and foreign exchange fees partially offset by a decrease in letter of credit fees.

Investment advisory revenue

Investment advisory revenue increased $5 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase for both periods was primarily due to increased private client service fees, an increase in new customers, higher customer activity and increased securities and brokerage fees due to an increase in equity and bond market values partially offset by a decrease in mutual fund fees. Due to the sale of certain FTAM funds during the third quarter of 2012, mutual fund fees decreased $5 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same prior year periods. The Bancorp had approximately $312.5 billion and $291.3 billion in total assets under care as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and managed $26.6 billion and $25.5 billion in assets, respectively, for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations for the same comparative periods.

Card and processing revenue

Card and processing revenue increased $3 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase for both periods was primarily the result of higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending and the benefit of new products. Debit card interchange revenue, included in card and processing revenue, was $31 million and $59 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

18


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Other noninterest income

The major components of other noninterest income are as follows:

TABLE 7: Components of Other Noninterest Income

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Gain on sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares and Vantiv, Inc. IPO

$ 242 $ 242 115

Valuation adjustments on stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

76 56 110 102

Equity method earnings from interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC

19 26 36 2

Operating lease income

18 15 34 29

BOLI income

20 9 31 18

Cardholder fees

12 12 23 22

Banking center income

8 8 18 15

Insurance income

8 7 16 14

Consumer loan and lease fees

7 7 13 13

Gain on loan sales

8 2 14

Loss on sale of OREO

(5 ) (19 ) (15 ) (36 )

Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. class B shares

(5 ) (11 ) (12 ) (29 )

Other, net

14 (15 ) 25

Total other noninterest income

$ 414 103 $ 523 279

Other noninterest income increased $311 million in the second quarter of 2013 compared to the second quarter of 2012 and $244 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase for both periods was primarily due to a $242 million gain on the sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares recorded in the second quarter of 2013. In addition, the positive valuation adjustments on the stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC increased $20 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 from the comparable prior year periods. BOLI income increased $11 million and $13 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a $10 million settlement in the second quarter of 2013 related to a previously surrendered BOLI policy. Additionally, the equity method earnings from the Bancorp’s interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC decreased $7 million compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 and increased $34 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease for the three months ended June 30, 2013 is due to the decrease in the Bancorp’s ownership percentage of Vantiv Holding, LLC from 39% as of June 30, 2012 to 28% as of June 30, 2013 primarily due to the share sales. The increase for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily due to $34 million in debt termination charges incurred in the first quarter of 2012 related to Vantiv Holding, LLC’s debt refinancing which was included in equity method earnings. The “other” caption increased $29 million and $25 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the prior year periods, primarily due to $17 million in lower of cost or market adjustments associated with bank premises held-for-sale recorded in the second quarter of 2012. In addition, other noninterest income benefited from a $6 million and $17 million decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

For additional information on the valuation of the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares and the valuation of warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC, see Note 20 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense increased $98 million, or 10%, for the three months ended June 30, 2013, and $102 million, or five percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

The major components of noninterest expense are as follows:

TABLE 8: Noninterest Expense

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 % Change 2013 2012 % Change

Salaries, wages and incentives

$ 404 393 3 $ 803 792 1

Employee benefits

83 84 (1 ) 197 195 1

Net occupancy expense

76 74 4 155 151 3

Technology and communications

50 48 3 99 95 4

Card and processing expense

33 30 10 65 60 8

Equipment expense

28 27 1 56 55 2

Other noninterest expense

361 281 28 638 563 13

Total noninterest expense

$ 1,035 937 10 $ 2,013 1,911 5

Efficiency ratio

53.2 % 59.4 % 56.2 % 58.8 %

Total personnel costs increased $10 million and $13 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase from both periods in the prior year reflected an increase in incentive compensation as a result of improved production levels in the current year and an increase in stock compensation expense. Full time equivalent employees totaled 20,569 at June 30, 2013 compared to 20,888 at June 30, 2012.

19


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 9: Components of Other Noninterest Expense

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Losses and adjustments

$ 92 29 $ 129 69

Loan and lease

46 46 87 91

FDIC insurance and other taxes

33 27 67 45

Marketing

32 36 59 59

Affordable housing investments impairment

27 19 47 46

Professional service fees

17 15 31 25

Travel

15 13 28 25

Operating lease

13 10 26 21

Postal and courier

12 12 24 25

Recruitment and education

6 7 12 14

Insurance

4 5 9 10

OREO expense

3 5 7 10

Intangible asset amortization

2 4 4 7

Provision (benefit) for unfunded commitments and letters of credit

(2 ) (1 ) (13 ) (3 )

Other, net

61 54 121 119

Total other noninterest expense

$ 361 281 $ 638 563

Total other noninterest expense increased $80 million and $75 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012 primarily due to increases in losses and adjustments and FDIC insurance and other taxes partially offset by an increase in the benefit recorded related to unfunded commitments and letters of credit.

Losses and adjustments increased $63 million and $60 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in losses and adjustments is primarily due to an increase in litigation expense of $53 million and $40 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year and due to a $10 million fraud loss recorded in the second quarter of 2013. The provision for representation and warranty claims, included in losses and adjustments, increased $5 million and $9 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to an increase in the reserve as a result of additional information obtained from FHLMC in the second quarter of 2013 regarding future mortgage repurchase and file requests. As such, the Bancorp was able to better estimate the losses that are probable on loans sold to FHLMC with representation and warranty provisions. FDIC insurance and other taxes increased $22 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year due to a $23 million expense reduction in the first quarter of 2012 from an agreement reached on certain outstanding disputes for non-income tax related assessments. In addition, the provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit was a benefit of $2 million and $13 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to a benefit of $1 million and $3 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in the benefit recorded in each period reflects a decrease in estimated loss rates related to unfunded commitments and letters of credit due to improved credit trends partially offset by an increase in unfunded commitments for which the Bancorp holds reserves. Additionally, affordable housing investments impairment increased $8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012. The increase is primarily due to the benefit from the sale of affordable housing investments of $8 million in the second quarter of 2012 compared to $2 million in the second quarter of 2013.

The Bancorp continues to focus on efficiency initiatives as part of its core emphasis on operating leverage and expense control. The efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (FTE) and noninterest income) was 53.2% and 56.2% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 59.4% and 58.8% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

20


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Applicable Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 10: Applicable Income Taxes

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income before income taxes

$ 841 565 $ 1,432 1,168

Applicable income tax expense

250 180 429 352

Effective tax rate

29.7 % 31.8 30.0 % 30.2

Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, and certain gains on sales of leases that are exempt from federal taxation and tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC, and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

As required under U.S. GAAP, the Bancorp established a deferred tax asset for stock-based awards granted to its employees. When the actual tax deduction for these stock-based awards is less than the expense previously recognized for financial reporting or when the awards expire unexercised, the Bancorp is required to write-off the deferred tax asset previously established for these stock-based awards. The stock-based awards granted to employees in March of 2003 had an exercise period that expired in March of 2013. As these stock-based awards were not exercised on or before their expiration date, the Bancorp was required to write-off the deferred tax asset established for these awards during the first quarter, which resulted in an additional $12 million of income tax expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Bancorp recognized a similar non-cash charge during 2012; however, the non-cash charge was recognized during the second quarter of 2012. As a result of the Bancorp’s stock price as of June 30, 2013, it is probable that the Bancorp will be required to record an additional $2 million of income tax expense during the next twelve months, primarily in the second quarter of 2014. However, the Bancorp cannot predict its stock price or whether its employees will exercise other stock-based awards with lower exercise prices in the future; therefore, it is possible that the total impact to income tax expense will be greater than or less than this amount.

21


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its loans and leases based upon the primary purpose of the loan. Table 11 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans held for sale and Table 12 summarizes average total loans and leases, including loans held for sale.

TABLE 11: Components of Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Balance % of Total Balance % of Total

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,868 43 36,077 42

Commercial mortgage loans

8,450 9 9,116 10

Commercial construction loans

758 1 707 1

Commercial leases

3,570 4 3,549 4

Subtotal – commercial

50,646 57 49,449 57

Consumer:

Residential mortgage loans

14,513 17 14,873 17

Home equity

9,531 11 10,018 11

Automobile loans

12,015 13 11,972 13

Credit card

2,114 2 2,097 2

Other consumer loans and leases

361 312

Subtotal – consumer

38,534 43 39,272 43

Total loans and leases

$ 89,180 100 88,721 100

Total portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)

$ 87,032 85,782

Loans and leases, including loans held for sale, increased $459 million, or one percent, from December 31, 2012. The increase from December 31, 2012 was comprised of an increase of $1.2 billion, or two percent, in commercial loans and leases partially offset by a decrease of $738 million, or two percent, in consumer loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased from December 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $1.8 billion, or five percent, from December 31, 2012 as a result of an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Commercial mortgage loans decreased $666 million, or seven percent, from December 31, 2012 due to continued runoff as the level of new originations was less than the repayments of the existing portfolio.

Consumer loans and leases decreased from December 31, 2012 primarily due to a decrease in home equity and residential mortgage loans. Home equity decreased $487 million, or five percent, from December 31, 2012 as payoffs exceeded new loan production. Residential mortgage loans decreased $360 million, or two percent, due to sales of residential mortgage loans exceeding new loan originations. Excluding held for sale, residential mortgage loans increased $383 million from December 31, 2012 due to management’s decision to retain certain shorter term residential mortgage loans originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Additionally, automobile loans increased $43 million from December 31, 2012 due to an increase in originations, partially offset by the securitization and sale in the first quarter of 2013 of certain automobile loans with a carrying value of approximately $509 million.

TABLE 12: Components of Average Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

June 30, 2013 June 30, 2012

For the three months ended ($ in millions)

Balance % of Total Balance % of Total

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,636 42 32,770 39

Commercial mortgage loans

8,627 10 9,873 12

Commercial construction loans

717 1 886 1

Commercial leases

3,553 4 3,471 4

Subtotal – commercial

50,533 57 47,000 56

Consumer:

Residential mortgage loans

14,984 17 13,059 16

Home equity

9,625 11 10,430 12

Automobile loans

11,887 13 11,755 14

Credit card

2,071 2 1,915 2

Other consumer loans and leases

373 349

Subtotal – consumer

38,940 43 37,508 44

Total average loans and leases

$ 89,473 100 84,508 100

Total average portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)

$ 86,707 82,586

Average loans and leases, including held for sale, increased $5.0 billion, or six percent, from June 30, 2012. The increase from June 30, 2012 was comprised of an increase of $3.5 billion, or eight percent, in average commercial loans and leases and an increase of $1.4 billion, or four percent, in average consumer loans and leases.

22


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Average commercial loans and leases increased from June 30, 2012 primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in average commercial mortgage and average commercial construction loans. Average commercial and industrial loans increased $4.9 billion, or 15%, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased $1.2 billion, or 13%, from June 30, 2012 and average commercial construction loans decreased $169 million, or 19%, from June 30, 2012 due to continued runoff as the level of new originations was less than the repayments on the current portfolio.

Average consumer loans and leases increased from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in average residential mortgage loans partially offset by a decrease in average home equity. Average residential mortgage loans increased $1.9 billion, or 15%, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in originations as a result of a low interest rate environment and management’s decision to retain certain shorter term residential mortgage loans originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Average home equity decreased $805 million, or eight percent, from June 30, 2012 as payoffs exceeded new loan production.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing liquidity support and providing collateral for pledging purposes. Total investment securities were $16.7 billion at June 30, 2013 and $15.7 billion at December 31, 2012.

Securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost.

At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale securities. The Bancorp did not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its investment portfolio. Additionally, securities classified as below investment grade had a carrying value of $1 million as of June 30, 2013, compared to $31 million as of December 31, 2012. The Bancorp’s management has evaluated the securities in an unrealized loss position in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios for OTTI. The Bancorp recognized $12 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale investment securities portfolio during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and $17 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp did not recognize any OTTI on any of its held-to-maturity investment securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on OTTI.

TABLE 13: Components of Investment Securities

($ in millions)

June 30,
2013
December 31,
2012

Available-for-sale and other: (amortized cost basis)

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

$ 26 41

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

1,624 1,730

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

201 203

Agency mortgage-backed securities (a)

9,481 8,403

Other bonds, notes and debentures (b)

3,483 3,161

Other securities (c)

978 1,033

Total available-for-sale and other securities

$ 15,793 14,571

Held-to-maturity: (amortized cost basis)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

$ 273 282

Other bonds, notes and debentures

1 2

Total held-to-maturity

$ 274 284

Trading: (fair value)

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

$ 1

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

18 6

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

11 17

Agency mortgage-backed securities

7 7

Other bonds, notes and debentures

11 15

Other securities

172 161

Total trading

$ 219 207

(a) Includes interest-only mortgage backed securities of $483 and $408 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded at fair value with fair value changes recorded in securities gains, net and securities gains, net, non-qualifying hedges on MSRs in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
(b) Other bonds, notes, and debentures consist of non-agency mortgage-backed securities, certain other asset-backed securities (primarily automobile and commercial loan-backed securities) and corporate bond securities.
(c) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings that are carried at par, FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings and certain mutual fund holdings and equity security holdings.

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis increased $1.2 billion, or eight percent, from December 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in agency mortgage-backed securities and other bonds, notes, and debentures partially offset by a decrease in U.S. Government sponsored agencies. Agency mortgage-backed securities increased $1.1 billion, or 13%, from December 31, 2012 due to $8.1 billion in purchases of agency mortgage-backed securities partially offset by $5.4 billion in sales and $1.6 billion in paydowns on the portfolio during the six months ended June 30, 2013. Other bonds, notes, and debentures increased $322 million, or 10%, due to the purchase of $919 million of asset backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and corporate bonds partially offset by the sale of $539 million of asset backed securities and corporate bonds during the six months ended June 30, 2013. U.S. Government sponsored agencies securities decreased $106 million, or six percent, primarily due to approximately $104 million of agency debentures that were called in June of 2013.

23


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis were 15% and 14% of total interest-earning assets at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio was 5.5 years at June 30, 2013 compared to 3.8 years at December 31, 2012. In addition, at June 30, 2013, the available-for-sale securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.28%, compared to 3.30% at December 31, 2012.

Information presented in Table 14 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using historical cost balances. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale portfolio exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Total net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale securities portfolio were $394 million at June 30, 2013 compared to $636 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was due to an increase in market yields on agency mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen.

TABLE 14: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale and Other Securities

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Amortized Cost Fair Value Weighted-Average
Life (in years)
Weighted-Average
Yield

U.S. Treasury and government agencies:

Average life of one year or less

$ 25 25 0.1 0.04 %

Average life 5 – 10 years

1 1 5.9 1.50

Total

26 26 0.1 0.08

U.S. Government sponsored agencies:

Average life of one year or less

100 100 0.1 2.00

Average life 1 – 5 years

1,524 1,658 3.5 3.64

Total

1,624 1,758 3.3 3.54

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: (a)

Average life of one year or less

10 10 0.4 0.07

Average life 1 – 5 years

115 117 3.3 2.58

Average life 5 – 10 years

55 56 7.1 4.00

Average life greater than 10 years

21 22 10.8 1.72

Total

201 205 5.0 2.76

Agency mortgage-backed securities:

Average life of one year or less

731 724 0.2 3.62

Average life 1 – 5 years

2,117 2,197 3.8 4.24

Average life 5 – 10 years

6,401 6,500 7.1 3.40

Average life greater than 10 years

232 242 11.0 3.70

Total

9,481 9,663 5.9 3.61

Other bonds, notes and debentures:

Average life of one year or less

242 251 0.1 1.46

Average life 1 – 5 years

1,863 1,901 3.3 2.59

Average life 5 – 10 years

895 897 6.5 2.02

Average life greater than 10 years

483 499 14.7 2.03

Total

3,483 3,548 5.5 2.29

Other securities

978 987

Total available-for-sale and other securities

$ 15,793 16,187 5.5 3.28 %

(a) Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.88%, 0.92% and 0.34% for securities with an average life of one year or less, 1-5 years, 5-10 years, greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Core deposits represented 70% and 71% of the Bancorp’s asset funding base at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

24


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 15: Deposits

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012
% of % of

($ in millions)

Balance Total Balance Total

Demand

$ 30,097 32 30,023 34

Interest checking

22,878 24 24,477 27

Savings

18,448 20 19,879 22

Money market

9,247 10 6,875 8

Foreign office

1,570 2 885 1

Transaction deposits

82,240 88 82,139 92

Other time

3,793 4 4,015 4

Core deposits

86,033 92 86,154 96

Certificates-$100,000 and over

7,374 8 3,284 4

Other

47 79

Total deposits

$ 93,454 100 89,517 100

Core deposits decreased $121 million from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease of $222 million, or six percent, in other time deposits, partially offset by an increase of $101 million in transaction deposits. The decrease in other time deposits from December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of continued run-off of certificates of deposits due to the low interest rate environment, as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts. Total transaction deposits increased from December 31, 2012 due to an increase in money market deposits and foreign office deposits partially offset by a decrease in interest checking deposits and saving deposits. Money market deposits increased $2.4 billion, or 35%, from December 31, 2012 partially driven by account migration from savings deposits which decreased $1.4 billion, or seven percent. The remaining increase in money market deposits is due to an increase in consumer average balances per account. Interest checking deposits decreased $1.6 billion, or seven percent, due to account migration to demand deposit accounts. Demand deposit accounts remained relatively flat increasing $74 million from December 31, 2012. The account migration from interest checking deposits to demand deposit accounts was offset by balance migration to foreign office deposits, which increased $685 million, or 77%, from December 31, 2012 and a decrease in commercial average balances per account from December 31, 2012 due to uncertainty over tax increases and U.S. fiscal policy during the fourth quarter of 2012.

The Bancorp uses certificates $100,000 and over as a method to fund earning assets. At June 30, 2013, certificates $100,000 and over increased $4.1 billion compared to December 31, 2012 due to the diversification of funding sources through the issuance of retail and institutional certificates of deposits during the first half of 2013.

The following table presents average deposits for the three months ending:

TABLE 16: Average Deposits

June 30, 2013 June 30, 2012
% of % of

($ in millions)

Balance Total Balance Total

Demand

$ 29,682 32 26,351 31

Interest checking

22,796 25 23,548 27

Savings

18,864 20 22,143 26

Money market

8,918 10 4,258 5

Foreign office

1,418 2 1,321 2

Transaction deposits

81,678 89 77,621 91

Other time

3,859 4 4,359 5

Core deposits

85,537 93 81,980 96

Certificates-$100,000 and over

6,519 7 3,130 4

Other

10 23

Total average deposits

$ 92,066 100 85,133 100

On an average basis, core deposits increased $3.6 billion, or four percent, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase of $4.1 billion, or five percent, in average transaction deposits partially offset by a decrease of $500 million, or 11%, in average other time deposits. The increase in average transaction deposits was driven by an increase in average demand deposits and average money market deposits partially offset by a decrease in average savings deposits and average interest checking deposits. Average demand deposits increased $3.3 billion, or 13%, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in average balances per account for consumer customers, new product offerings, and new commercial deposit growth. Average money market deposits increased $4.7 billion from June 30, 2012 primarily due to account migration from average savings deposits which decreased $3.3 billion, or 15%, from June 30, 2012 and account migration from average interest checking deposits which decreased $752 million, or three percent. The remaining increase in average money market deposits is due to an increase in average balances per account. Average other time deposits decreased $500 million, or 11%, from June 30, 2012 primarily as a result of continued run-off of certificates of deposits due to the low interest rate environment, as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts. Average certificates $100,000 and over increased $3.4 billion from June 30, 2012 due to the diversification of funding sources through the issuance of retail and institutional certificates of deposits during the first half of 2013.

Other time deposits and certificates $100,000 and over totaled $11.2 billion and $7.3 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. All of these deposits were interest-bearing.

25


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The contractual maturities of certificates $100,000 and over as of June 30, 2013 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 17: Contractual Maturities of Certificates—$100,000 and over

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013

Three months or less

$ 2,448

After three months through six months

1,355

After six months through 12 months

2,607

After 12 months

964

Total

$ 7,374

The contractual maturities of other time deposits and certificates $100,000 and over as of June 30, 2013 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 18: Contractual Maturities of Other Time Deposits and Certificates $100,000 and over

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013

Next 12 months

$ 8,750

13-24 months

1,622

25-36 months

359

37-48 months

230

49-60 months

152

After 60 months

54

Total

$ 11,167

Borrowings

Total borrowings decreased $4.6 billion, or 32%, from December 31, 2012. Table 19 summarizes the end of period components of total borrowings. As of June 30, 2013, total borrowings as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities were 13% compared to 19% at December 31, 2012.

TABLE 19: Borrowings

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

Federal funds purchased

$ 636 901

Other short-term borrowings

2,112 6,280

Long-term debt

6,940 7,085

Total borrowings

$ 9,688 14,266

Federal funds purchased decreased by $265 million, or 29%, from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease in excess balances in reserve accounts held at Federal Reserve Banks that the Bancorp purchased from other member banks on an overnight basis. Other short-term borrowings decreased $4.2 billion, or 66%, from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease of $4.1 billion in short-term FHLB borrowings. The level of these borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and which sources are used to satisfy those needs. Long-term debt decreased by $145 million, or two percent, from December 31, 2012 primarily driven by the maturity of $750 million and $500 million of senior notes in the second quarter of 2013 and $191 million of declines due to fair value adjustments on hedged subordinated debt partially offset by the issuance of $1.3 billion of unsecured senior bank notes in the first quarter of 2013. For additional information regarding long-term debt, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table presents average borrowings for the three months ending:

TABLE 20: Average Borrowings

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013 June 30, 2012

Federal funds purchased

$ 560 408

Other short-term borrowings

2,867 4,303

Long-term debt

7,552 9,669

Total average borrowings

$ 10,979 14,380

Average total borrowings decreased $3.4 billion, or 24%, compared to June 30, 2012, primarily due to decreases in average long-term debt and average other short-term borrowings partially offset by an increase in federal funds purchased. The decrease in average long-term debt was driven by the redemption of certain TruPS and long-term FHLB borrowings in the second half of 2012 partially offset by the issuance of $1.3 billion of unsecured senior bank notes in the first quarter of 2013. The level of average federal funds purchased and average other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and which sources are used to satisfy those needs. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the net interest income section of the MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

26


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Additional detailed financial information on each business segment is included in Note 21 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices or businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level and employs a FTP methodology at the business segment level. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan and deposit products. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the U.S. swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of the estimated durations for the indeterminate-lived deposits. The credit rate provided for demand deposit accounts is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, U.S. swap curve or swap rate. The credit rates for several deposit products were reset January 1, 2013 to reflect the current market rates and updated duration assumptions. These rates were generally higher than those in place during 2012, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was positively impacted for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced on the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

Net income by business segment is summarized in the following table:

TABLE 21: Business Segment Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income Statement Data

Commercial Banking

$ 198 163 $ 386 305

Branch Banking

62 50 109 79

Consumer Lending

67 33 138 81

Investment Advisors

7 8 23 16

General Corporate & Other

257 131 347 335

Net income

591 385 1,003 816

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(10 ) 1

Net income attributable to Bancorp

591 385 1,013 815

Dividends on preferred stock

9 9 18 18

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 582 376 $ 995 797

27


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 22: Commercial Banking

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income Statement Data

Net interest income (FTE) (a)

$ 366 352 $ 731 705

Provision for loan and lease losses

37 61 80 137

Noninterest income:

Corporate banking revenue

102 97 197 190

Service charges on deposits

59 54 118 109

Other noninterest income

37 26 68 55

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, incentives and benefits

64 65 144 137

Other noninterest expense

215 204 411 420

Income before taxes

248 199 479 365

Applicable income tax expense (a)(b)

50 36 93 60

Net income

$ 198 163 $ 386 305

Average Balance Sheet Data

Commercial loans, including held for sale

$ 44,951 41,388 $ 44,534 40,875

Demand deposits

14,528 14,478 14,596 14,660

Interest checking

6,827 7,728 6,909 8,049

Savings and money market

4,062 2,666 3,939 2,636

Certificates-$100,000 and over

1,289 1,851 1,280 1,853

Foreign office deposits and other deposits

1,383 1,290 1,229 1,334

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $5 and $4 for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $9 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.
(b) Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income and business tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes section of MD&A for additional information.

Net income was $198 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, compared to net income of $163 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The increase was driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, an increase in noninterest income and an increase in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net income was $386 million compared to $305 million for the same period of the prior year. The increase was driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, an increase in noninterest income, an increase in net interest income and a decrease in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $14 million and $26 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. The increases were driven primarily by growth in average commercial and industrial portfolio loans and a decrease in the FTP charges on loans, partially offset by a decline in yields of 28 bps and 27 bps on average commercial loans and a decrease in the FTP credits due to a decline in average interest checking balances for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $24 million and $57 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 33 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 59 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 36 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 67 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $21 million and $29 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year due to increases in service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue and other noninterest income. Service charges on deposits increased $5 million and $9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily driven by commercial deposit revenue. The increase in commercial deposit revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily due to a pricing change implemented in 2012 and the acquisition of new customers. Additionally, the three months ended June 30, 2013 included an increase in treasury management fees. Corporate banking revenue increased $5 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to a $7 million increase in syndication fees partially offset by a decrease of $3 million in institutional sales revenue. The increase compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in syndication fees and foreign exchange fees partially offset by a decrease in letter of credit fees. The increases in other noninterest income were driven by decreases in net losses on the sale of OREO, decreases in valuation adjustments on loans held for sale and increases in operating lease income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, partially offset by decreases in gains on loan sales.

28


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Noninterest expense increased $10 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods of the prior year primarily due to an $8 million increase in impairment on affordable housing investments and an increase in operating lease expense, partially offset by a decrease in corporate overhead allocations. Noninterest expense decreased $2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year driven by a decrease in other noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in salaries, incentives and benefits. The decrease in other noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year was due to a decrease in corporate overhead allocations, partially offset by an increase in operating lease expense. Salaries, incentives and benefits increased $7 million due to an increase in base and incentive compensation primarily driven by improved production levels.

Average commercial loans increased $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by decreases in average commercial construction and mortgage loans. Average commercial and industrial portfolio loans increased $4.8 billion and $5.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of an increase in new origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Average commercial mortgage portfolio loans decreased $1.1 billion for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and average commercial construction portfolio loans decreased $156 million and $222 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year due to continued run-off as the level of new originations was less than the repayments of the existing portfolio.

Average core deposits increased $635 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012, and were relatively flat for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012. The increase for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily driven by strong growth in savings and money market deposits, which increased $1.4 billion compared to the same period of the prior year, partially offset by decreases in average interest checking deposits of $901 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year.

Branch Banking

Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan and lease products to individuals and small businesses through 1,326 full-service Banking Centers. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and loans for automobiles and other personal financing needs, as well as products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Branch Banking segment:

TABLE 23: Branch Banking

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income Statement Data

Net interest income

$ 358 342 $ 705 677

Provision for loan and lease losses

51 69 109 155

Noninterest income:

Service charges on deposits

76 75 148 149

Card and processing revenue

74 70 142 130

Investment advisory revenue

37 32 74 64

Other noninterest income

29 28 57 52

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, incentives and benefits

143 143 297 293

Net occupancy and equipment expense

60 60 122 119

Card and processing expense

32 29 61 57

Other noninterest expense

191 169 369 326

Income before taxes

97 77 168 122

Applicable income tax expense

35 27 59 43

Net income

$ 62 50 $ 109 79

Average Balance Sheet Data

Consumer loans, including held for sale

$ 15,185 14,871 $ 15,155 14,843

Commercial loans, including held for sale

4,542 4,598 4,529 4,605

Demand deposits

12,825 9,798 12,287 9,457

Interest checking

8,749 9,499 8,953 9,293

Savings and money market

22,942 22,928 22,899 22,791

Other time and certificates-$100,000 and over

4,857 5,454 4,915 5,561

Net income was $62 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, compared to net income of $50 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net income was $109 million compared to $79 million for the same period of the prior year. Both increases were driven by an increase in net interest income and noninterest income and a decline in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

29


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Net interest income increased $16 million and $28 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. The primary drivers of the increases were decreases in the FTP charge rates on loans and leases, increases in the FTP credits for demand deposit accounts and savings products, and a decline in interest expense on core deposits due to favorable shifts from certificates of deposit to lower cost transaction and savings products. These increases were partially offset by lower yields on average commercial loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended June 30, 2013 decreased $18 million compared to the second quarter of 2012, and declined $46 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 104 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 143 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and decreased to 112 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 160 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $11 million and $26 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. These increases were primarily driven by higher card and processing revenue and higher investment advisory revenue. Card and processing revenue increased $4 million and $12 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012 primarily due to higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending and the benefit of new products. Investment advisory revenue increased $5 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012 primarily due to continued market and customer growth trends.

Noninterest expense increased $25 million and $54 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily driven by increases in other noninterest expense, which increased $22 million and $43 million, respectively. The increases in other noninterest expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 were primarily due to increases in corporate overhead allocations.

Average consumer loans increased $314 million for the second quarter of 2013 and $312 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year. These increases were primarily due to increases in average residential mortgage portfolio loans of $953 million and $960 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year due to an increase in originations due to a low interest rate environment. The increases in average residential mortgage portfolio loans were partially offset by decreases in average home equity portfolio loans of $749 million and $717 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as payoffs exceeded new loan production.

Average core deposits increased by $1.8 billion and $2.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year as the growth in demand deposits due to excess customer liquidity and historically low interest rates outpaced the run-off of higher priced other time deposits.

Consumer Lending

Consumer Lending includes the Bancorp’s mortgage, home equity, automobile and other indirect lending activities. Mortgage and home equity lending activities include the origination, retention and servicing of mortgage and home equity loans or lines of credit, sales and securitizations of those loans, pools of loans or lines of credit, and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through mortgage brokers and automobile dealers.

30


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer Lending segment:

TABLE 24: Consumer Lending

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income Statement Data

Net interest income

$ 85 77 $ 170 157

Provision for loan and lease losses

22 49 51 103

Noninterest income:

Mortgage banking net revenue

230 179 445 380

Other noninterest income

20 10 34 20

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, incentives and benefits

68 56 131 112

Other noninterest expense

140 110 254 217

Income before taxes

105 51 213 125

Applicable income tax expense

38 18 75 44

Net income

$ 67 33 $ 138 81

Average Balance Sheet Data

Residential mortgage loans, including held for sale

$ 10,859 9,898 $ 10,956 9,953

Home equity

571 651 583 662

Automobile loans, including held for sale

11,266 11,097 11,366 11,154

Consumer leases

5 41 7 51

Net income was $67 million and $138 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to net income of $33 million and $81 million, respectively, for the same periods in the prior year. For both comparative periods, the increase in net income was driven by an increase in noninterest income and net interest income, and a decline in provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $8 million and $13 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year. These increases were primarily driven by increases in average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans, partially offset by lower yields on average automobile loans due to continued competition on new originations and lower yields on residential mortgage loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $27 million and $52 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, as delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends improved across all consumer loan types. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 45 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 99 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 51 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 103 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $61 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and increased $79 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods of the prior year. The increases from both periods in the prior year were primarily due to increases in mortgage banking net revenue of $51 million and $65 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The increases in mortgage banking net revenue were primarily due to increases in net residential mortgage servicing revenue of $84 million and $103 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, primarily driven by increases of $94 million and $121 million in net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge the MSRs, partially offset by increases in servicing rights amortization of $10 million and $18 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of 2012. These increases were partially offset by decreases in gains on loan sales of $33 million and $38 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same period of the prior year due to lower gain on sale margins on sold residential mortgage loans.

Noninterest expense increased $42 million and $56 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. For both periods, the increases were driven by other noninterest expense and salaries, incentives, and benefits. The increases in other noninterest expense were primarily due to higher litigation expenses and an increase in corporate overhead allocations and the increases in salaries, incentives and benefits were primarily as a result of higher mortgage loan originations.

Average consumer loans and leases increased $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. Average residential mortgage loans, including held for sale, increased $961 million and $1.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to the low interest rate environment which resulted in increased origination volumes. Average automobile loans, including held for sale, increased $169 million and $212 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 due to an increase in originations. The increases were partially offset by decreases in home equity and consumer leases. Average home equity portfolio loans decreased $80 million and $79 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year as payoffs exceeded new loan production. Average consumer portfolio leases decreased $36 million and $44 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year due to run-off as the Bancorp discontinued auto leases in 2008.

31


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Investment Advisors

Investment Advisors provides a full range of investment alternatives for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Investment Advisors is made up of four main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; FTAM, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker dealer services to the institutional marketplace. FTAM provides asset management services and previously advised the Bancorp’s proprietary family of mutual funds. Fifth Third Private Bank offers holistic strategies to affluent clients in wealth planning, investing, insurance and wealth protection. Fifth Third Institutional Services provides advisory services for institutional clients including states and municipalities.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Investment Advisors segment:

TABLE 25: Investment Advisors

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Income Statement Data

Net interest income

$ 35 29 $ 70 57

Provision for loan and lease losses

1 2 2 6

Noninterest income:

Investment advisory revenue

96 91 194 185

Other noninterest income

3 7 12 11

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, incentives and benefits

40 41 82 84

Other noninterest expense

83 71 156 138

Income before taxes

10 13 36 25

Applicable income tax expense

3 5 13 9

Net income

$ 7 8 $ 23 16

Average Balance Sheet Data

Loans and leases

$ 1,983 1,898 $ 1,954 1,905

Core deposits

8,326 7,495 8,535 7,432

Net income was $7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to net income of $8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease was driven by an increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in net interest income. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net income was $23 million compared to $16 million for the same period of the prior year. The increase was driven by an increase in net interest income, an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Provision for loan and leases losses decreased $1 million and $4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 18 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 54 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 16 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 64 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $1 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily due to increased private client service fees and increased securities and brokerage fees due to an increase in equity and bond market values. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in mutual fund fees due to the sale of certain FTAM funds in the third quarter of 2012. The increase for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 was also driven by a $7 million gain on the sale of certain FTAM advisory contracts in the first quarter of 2013.

Noninterest expense increased $11 million and $16 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily driven by a $10 million fraud loss and an increase in corporate overhead allocations for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

Average loans and leases increased $85 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to increases in commercial and industrial, home equity and other consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Average loans and leases increased $49 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to increases in home equity and other consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Average core deposits increased $831 million, or 11%, and $1.1 billion, or 15%, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year primarily due to growth in interest checking as customers have opted to maintain excess funds in liquid transaction accounts as a result of interest rates remaining near historic lows. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the growth in interest checking was partially offset by account migration from foreign office deposits.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, provision expense in excess of net charge-offs or a benefit from the reduction of the ALLL, representation and warranty expense in excess of actual losses or a benefit from the reduction of representation and warranty reserves, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

32


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Results for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2013 were impacted by a benefit of $47 million and $116 million, respectively, due to reductions in the ALLL. The decrease in provision expense was due to a decrease in nonperforming loans and improvements in delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends. Net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $41 million compared to $99 million in the same period of the prior year. Net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $101 million compared to $206 million in the same period of the prior year. Both decreases in net interest income were primarily due to a decrease in interest income on taxable securities and an increase in the FTP charge on loans, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on long-term debt. The increase in noninterest income for both periods was primarily due to a $242 million gain on the sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares recorded in the second quarter of 2013. In addition, the positive valuation adjustments on stock warrants associated with the Vantiv Holding, LLC increased $20 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 from the comparable prior year periods. BOLI income increased $11 million and $13 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a $10 million settlement in the second quarter of 2013 related to a previously surrendered BOLI policy. Noninterest income also increased for both periods due to $17 million in lower of cost or market adjustments associated with bank premises held-for-sale recorded in the second quarter of 2012 and benefited from a $6 million and $17 million decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

33


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Managing risk is an essential component of successfully operating a financial services company. The Bancorp’s risk management approach includes processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The ERM division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, and the Bancorp Credit division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Credit Officer, ensure the consistency and adequacy of the Bancorp’s risk management approach within the structure of the Bancorp’s affiliate operating model. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Bancorp’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

The assumption of risk requires robust and active risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of activities, measures and strategies that apply to the entire organization. The Bancorp has established a Risk Appetite Framework that provides the foundations of corporate risk capacity, risk appetite and risk tolerances. The Bancorp’s risk capacity is represented by its available financial resources. Risk capacity sets an absolute limit on risk-assumption in the Bancorp’s annual and strategic plans. The Bancorp understands that not all financial resources may persist as viable loss buffers over time. Further, consideration must be given to planned or foreseeable events that would reduce risk capacity. Those factors take the form of capacity adjustments to arrive at an Operating Risk Capacity which represents the operating risk level the Bancorp can assume while maintaining its solvency standard. The Bancorp’s policy currently discounts its Operating Risk Capacity by a minimum of five percent to provide a buffer; as a result, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is limited by policy to, at most, 95% of its Operating Risk Capacity.

Economic capital is the amount of unencumbered financial resources required to support the Bancorp’s risks. The Bancorp measures economic capital under the assumption that it expects to maintain debt ratings at strong investment grade levels over time. The Bancorp’s capital policies require that the Operating Risk Capacity less the aforementioned buffer exceed the calculated economic capital required in its business.

Risk appetite is the aggregate amount of risk the Bancorp is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic and financial objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, rating agencies and customers, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is aligned with its priorities and goals. Risk tolerance is the maximum amount of risk applicable to each of the eight specific risk categories included in its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. This is expressed primarily in qualitative terms. The Bancorp’s risk appetite and risk tolerances are supported by risk targets and risk limits. Those limits are used to monitor the amount of risk assumed at a granular level.

The risks faced by the Bancorp include, but are not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance, legal, reputational and strategic. Each of these risks is managed through the Bancorp’s risk program which includes the following key functions:

Enterprise Risk Management Programs is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of risk programs and reporting that facilitate a broad integrated view of risk. The department also leads the continual fostering of a strong risk management culture and the framework, policies and committees that support effective risk governance, including the oversight of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance;

Commercial Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent portfolio management framework that supports the Bancorp’s commercial loan growth strategies and underwriting practices, ensuring portfolio optimization and appropriate risk controls;

Risk Strategies and Reporting is responsible for quantitative analysis needed to support the commercial dual rating methodology, ALLL methodology and analytics needed to assess credit risk and develop mitigation strategies related to that risk. The department also provides oversight, reporting and monitoring of commercial underwriting and credit administration processes. The Risk Strategies and Reporting department is also responsible for the economic capital program;

Consumer Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent management framework that supports the Bancorp’s consumer loan growth strategies, ensuring portfolio optimization, appropriate risk controls and oversight, reporting, and monitoring of underwriting and credit administration processes;

Operational Risk Management works with affiliates and lines of business to maintain processes to monitor and manage all aspects of operational risk, including ensuring consistency in application of operational risk programs;

Bank Protection oversees and manages fraud prevention and detection and provides investigative and recovery services for the Bancorp;

Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for instituting, monitoring, and reporting appropriate trading limits, monitoring liquidity, interest rate risk and risk tolerances within Treasury, Mortgage, and Capital Markets groups and utilizing a value at risk model for Bancorp market risk exposure;

Regulatory Compliance Risk Management ensures that processes are in place to monitor and comply with federal and state banking regulations, including processes related to fiduciary, community reinvestment act and fair lending compliance. The function also has the responsibility for maintenance of an enterprise-wide compliance framework; and

The ERM division creates and maintains other functions, committees or processes as are necessary to effectively manage risk throughout the Bancorp.

Risk management oversight and governance is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and through multiple management committees whose membership includes a broad cross-section of line of business, affiliate and support representatives. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors consists of five outside directors and has the responsibility for the oversight of risk management for the Bancorp, as well as for the Bancorp’s overall aggregate risk profile. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors has approved the formation of key management governance committees that are responsible for evaluating risks and controls. The primary committee responsible for the oversight of risk management is the ERMC. Committees

34


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

accountable to the ERMC, which support the core risk programs, are the Corporate Credit Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, the Management Compliance Committee, the Asset/Liability Committee and the Enterprise Marketing Committee. Other committees accountable to the ERMC oversee the ALLL, capital, liquidity and community reinvestment act/fair lending functions. There are also new products and initiatives processes applicable to every line of business to ensure an appropriate standard readiness assessment is performed before launching a new product or initiative. Significant risk policies approved by the management governance committees are also reviewed and approved by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Review is an independent function responsible for evaluating the sufficiency of underwriting, documentation and approval processes for consumer and commercial credits; the accuracy of risk grades assigned to commercial credit exposure; nonaccrual status; specific reserves and monitoring of charge-offs. Credit Risk Review reports directly to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and administratively to the Chief Auditor.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from an individual customer default. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices. These practices include conservative exposure and counterparty limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts, the utilization of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and ERM manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to promptly identify potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio, maintain an adequate reserve and take any necessary charge-offs. The Bancorp defines potential problem loans as those rated substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonperforming asset or a restructured loan. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions.

The following tables provide a summary of potential problem loans:

TABLE 26: Potential Problem Loans

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Carrying
Value
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Exposure

Commercial and industrial

$ 1,316 1,318 1,610

Commercial mortgage

647 649 664

Commercial construction

63 63 74

Commercial leases

33 33 33

Total

$ 2,059 2,063 2,381

TABLE 27: Potential Problem Loans

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Carrying
Value
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Exposure

Commercial and industrial

$ 1,015 1,017 1,212

Commercial mortgage

848 849 851

Commercial construction

87 87 100

Commercial leases

9 9 9

Total

$ 1,959 1,962 2,172

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The risk grading system currently utilized for reserve analysis purposes encompasses ten categories. The Bancorp also maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for modeling expected losses. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen probabilities of default grade categories and an additional six grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the ten-category risk rating system. The Bancorp has completed significant validation and testing of the dual risk rating system as a commercial credit risk management tool. The Bancorp is assessing the necessary modifications to the dual risk rating system outputs to develop a U.S. GAAP compliant ALLL model and will make a decision on the use of modified dual risk ratings for purposes of determining the Bancorp’s ALLL once the FASB has issued a final standard regarding proposed methodology changes to the determination of credit impairment as outlined in the FASB’s Accounting Standard Update- Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15) issued on December 20, 2012. Scoring systems, various analytical tools and delinquency monitoring are used to assess the credit risk in the Bancorp’s homogenous consumer and small business loan portfolios.

35


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Overview

The economy has shown signs of modest improvement in the first half of 2013. Moderate growth is anticipated in the second half of the year, however, risks remain that could impact the growth rate. Domestic concerns are focused on the sequester, business uncertainty about the implementation of the Affordable Care Act and extended high unemployment. Global issues include: European sovereign debt concerns, slower growth in China and persistent fears regarding the Middle East. The U.S. housing industry is maintaining an upward course and is adding to overall job gains. Geographically, the Bancorp continues to experience the most stress in Michigan and Florida due to previous declines in real estate values. Real estate value deterioration, as measured by the Home Price Index, was most prevalent in Florida due to past real estate price appreciation and related over-development, and in Michigan due in part to cutbacks in automobile manufacturing and the state’s economic downturn.

Among consumer portfolios, residential mortgage and brokered home equity portfolios exhibited the most stress. Management suspended homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in 2008, discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007 and tightened underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings. With the stabilization of certain real estate markets, the Bank began to selectively originate new homebuilder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial lending real estate in the third quarter of 2011. However, the level of new fundings are below the amortization and pay-off of the current portfolio. Since the fourth quarter of 2008, in an effort to reduce loan exposure to the real estate and construction industries, the Bancorp has sold certain consumer loans and sold or transferred to held for sale certain commercial loans. The Bancorp continues to aggressively engage in other loss mitigation strategies such as reducing credit commitments, restructuring certain commercial and consumer loans, as well as utilizing commercial and consumer loan workout teams. For commercial and consumer loans owned by the Bancorp, loan modification strategies are developed that are workable for both the borrower and the Bancorp when the borrower displays a willingness to cooperate. These strategies typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) with a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. For residential mortgage loans serviced for FHLMC and FNMA, the Bancorp participates in the HAMP and HARP 2.0 programs. For loans refinanced under the HARP 2.0 program, the Bancorp strictly adheres to the underwriting requirements of the program and promptly sells the refinanced loan back to the agencies. Loan restructuring under the HAMP program is performed on behalf of FHLMC or FNMA and the Bancorp does not take possession of these loans during the modification process. Therefore, participation in these programs does not significantly impact the Bancorp’s credit quality statistics. The Bancorp participates in trial modifications in conjunction with the HAMP program for loans it services for FHLMC and FNMA. As these trial modifications relate to loans serviced for others, they are not included in the Bancorp’s troubled debt restructurings as they are not assets of the Bancorp. In the event there is a representation and warranty violation on loans sold through the programs, the Bancorp may be required to repurchase the sold loan. As of June 30, 2013, repurchased loans restructured or refinanced under these programs were immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, as of June 30, 2013, $277 million of loans refinanced under HARP 2.0 were included in loans held for sale in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bancorp recognized $43 million and $78 million of fee income in mortgage banking net revenue in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income related to the sale of loans restructured or refinanced under the HAMP and HARP 2.0 programs.

In the financial services industry, there has been heightened focus on foreclosure activity and processes. The Bancorp actively works with borrowers experiencing difficulties and has regularly modified or provided forbearance to borrowers where a workable solution could be found. Foreclosure is a last resort, and the Bancorp undertakes foreclosures only when it believes they are necessary and appropriate and is careful to ensure that customer and loan data are accurate. Reviews of the Bancorp’s foreclosure process and procedures conducted in 2010 did not reveal any material deficiencies. These reviews were expanded and extended in 2011 to improve the Bancorp’s processes as additional aspects of the industry’s foreclosure practices have come under intensified scrutiny and criticism. These reviews are complete and the Bancorp has enhanced some of its processes and procedures to address some concerns that were raised and to comply with changes in state laws.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy includes minimizing concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type.

The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting. The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and non-owner occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable) and sensitivity and pro-forma analysis requirements. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as needed basis when market conditions justify. Although the Bancorp does not back test these collateral value assumptions, the Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Collateral values on criticized assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. In addition, the Bancorp applies incremental valuation adjustments to older appraisals that relate to collateral dependent loans, which can currently be up to 20-30% of the appraised value based on the type of collateral. These incremental valuation adjustments generally reflect the age of the most recent appraisal as well as collateral type. Trends in collateral values, such as home price indices and recent asset dispositions, are monitored in order to determine whether changes to the appraisal adjustments are warranted. Other factors such as local market conditions or location may also be considered as necessary.

36


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following table provides detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding impaired commercial mortgage loans individually evaluated. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 28: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

LTV > 100% LTV 80-100% LTV < 80%

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

$ 316 337 2,242

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

324 565 1,588

Total

$ 640 902 3,830

TABLE 29: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

LTV > 100% LTV 80-100% LTV < 80%

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

$ 390 302 2,325

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

450 605 1,955

Total

$ 840 907 4,280

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 30: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans held for sale)

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Outstanding Exposure Nonaccrual Outstanding Exposure Nonaccrual

By industry:

Manufacturing

$ 10,401 19,150 87 $ 9,982 18,414 58

Financial services and insurance

5,831 13,032 50 4,886 12,062 54

Real estate

5,001 6,689 141 5,588 6,840 198

Business services

4,678 6,963 71 4,600 6,917 56

Wholesale trade

4,194 7,752 18 4,042 7,401 26

Healthcare

3,995 5,920 32 4,079 6,094 14

Retail trade

3,010 6,526 22 2,624 5,699 38

Transportation and warehousing

3,003 4,259 2 3,105 4,222 3

Construction

1,989 3,266 67 1,995 3,254 105

Mining

1,660 3,043 17 1,683 2,767

Communication and information

1,647 2,760 14 1,547 2,631 19

Accommodation and food

1,483 2,328 11 1,478 2,160 17

Entertainment and recreation

1,092 1,687 10 914 1,393 11

Other services

1,007 1,397 32 1,156 1,517 42

Utilities

611 2,090 608 2,009

Public administration

458 728 441 693

Agribusiness

358 510 37 376 527 44

Individuals

198 236 12 281 335 12

Other

4 9 3 2

Total

$ 50,620 88,345 623 $ 49,388 84,937 697

By loan size:

Less than $200,000

2 % 1 8 2 % 1 9

$200,000 to $1 million

6 4 20 6 5 22

$1 million to $5 million

14 11 23 15 12 28

$5 million to $10 million

10 8 12 11 9 13

$10 million to $25 million

26 24 27 27 25 24

Greater than $25 million

42 52 10 39 48 4

Total

100 % 100 100 100 % 100 100

By state:

Ohio

20 % 23 12 20 % 24 13

Michigan

11 9 17 11 10 17

Illinois

7 8 10 8 8 8

Florida

7 6 20 7 6 19

Indiana

5 5 11 5 5 11

Kentucky

3 3 3 4 3 4

North Carolina

3 3 1 3 3 2

Tennessee

3 3 1 3 3 5

Pennsylvania

3 2 3 2 1

All other states

38 38 25 36 36 20

Total

100 % 100 100 100 % 100 100

37


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The Bancorp has identified certain categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the Bancorp’s loan portfolio, due to economic or market conditions within the Bancorp’s key lending areas. The following tables provide analysis of each of the categories of loans (excluding loans held for sale) by state as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

TABLE 31: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate (a)

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30,  2013

By State:

Outstanding Exposure 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 1,051 1,298 26 2 15

Michigan

977 1,093 48 3 3

Florida

524 638 18 3

Illinois

414 559 16 1 2

Indiana

228 246 10

North Carolina

155 211 6

All other states

1,024 1,679 3

Total

$ 4,373 5,724 127 6 23

(a) Included in commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

TABLE 32: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate (a)

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012

By State:

Outstanding Exposure 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 1,415 1,482 93 6 10

Michigan

1,270 1,293 84 8 22

Florida

652 677 56 4 13

Illinois

409 443 42 2 6

Indiana

296 299 12

North Carolina

253 289 15 1 3

All other states

867 1,022 27 (5 ) (5 )

Total

$ 5,162 5,505 329 16 49

(a) Included in commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

TABLE 33: Homebuilder and Developer (a)

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30,  2013

By State:

Outstanding Exposure 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 111 176 9 1

Michigan

44 52 4 (1 ) (2 )

North Carolina

26 30

Illinois

25 26 7

Indiana

16 17 6

Florida

4 21

All other states

27 30 2

Total

$ 253 352 28 (1 ) (1 )

(a) Homebuilder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $65 and a total exposure of $107 are also included in Table 31: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

TABLE 34: Homebuilder and Developer (a)

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012

By State:

Outstanding Exposure 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 138 187 9 2 6

Michigan

74 95 3 5

North Carolina

37 41 7 1

Illinois

10 19 8 2

Indiana

26 30 9

Florida

43 128 15 2 11

All other states

48 59 10

Total

$ 376 559 61 4 25

(a) Homebuilder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $88 and a total exposure of $235 are also included in Table 32: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

38


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of three categories of loans: residential mortgage, home equity, and automobile. The Bancorp has identified certain categories within these loan types which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio due to high loan amount to collateral value. The Bancorp does not update LTV ratios for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans.

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through conservative underwriting and documentation standards and geographic and product diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans. Resets of rates on adjustable rate mortgages are not expected to have a material impact on credit costs in the current interest rate environment, as approximately $1.1 billion of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months, with less than one percent of those resets expected to experience an increase in monthly payments in comparison to the monthly payment at the time of origination.

Certain residential mortgage products have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Bancorp in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTV ratios, multiple loans on the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp monitors residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTV ratios and no mortgage insurance as it believes these loans represent a higher level of risk.

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Outstanding Weighted
Average
LTV
Outstanding Weighted
Average
LTV

LTV £ 80%

$ 9,325 65.2 % $ 8,993 65.8 %

LTV > 80%, with mortgage insurance

1,181 93.7 1,165 93.6

LTV > 80%, no mortgage insurance

1,894 95.9 1,859 95.6

Total

$ 12,400 72.6 % $ 12,017 73.1 %

The following tables provide analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding with a greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 36: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2013

By State:

Outstanding 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 590 2 21 2 5

Michigan

307 1 9 1 3

Florida

258 1 14 1 2

Illinois

215 1 5 1 1

Indiana

120 1 4

North Carolina

101 3

Kentucky

88 3 2 2

All other states

215 1 2 1

Total

$ 1,894 7 61 7 14

39


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 37: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012

By State:

Outstanding 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 607 3 24 4 8

Michigan

310 1 12 3 6

Florida

257 1 19 4 9

Illinois

162 1 4 1 1

Indiana

116 1 4 1 1

North Carolina

115 6 2 2

Kentucky

89 3 1

All other states

165 3 2 1 2

Total

$ 1,821 10 74 16 30

Home Equity Portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity.

The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the home equity portfolio. The allowance attributable to the portion of the home equity portfolio that has not been restructured in a TDR is calculated on a pooled basis with senior lien and junior-lien categories segmented in the determination of the probable credit losses in the home equity portfolio. The modeled loss factor for the home equity portfolio is based on the trailing twelve month historical loss rate for each category, as adjusted for certain prescriptive loss rate factors and certain qualitative adjustment factors to reflect risks associated with current conditions and trends. The prescriptive loss rate factors include adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix. The qualitative factors include adjustments for credit administration and portfolio management, credit policy and underwriting and the national and local economy. The Bancorp considers home price index trends when determining the national and local economy qualitative factor.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a LTV greater than 80% and those loans with a LTV 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. The carrying value of the greater than 80% LTV home equity loans and 80% or less LTV home equity loans were $3.4 billion and $6.1 billion, respectively, as of June 30, 2013. Of the total $9.5 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

82% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Illinois;

33% are in senior lien positions and 67% are in junior lien positions at June 30, 2013;

Over 80% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the three months ended June 30, 2013; and

The portfolio had an average refreshed FICO score of 735 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTV ratios after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its on-going credit monitoring processes. For junior lien home equity loans, the Bancorp is unable to track the performance of the senior lien loans if it does not service the senior lien loan, but instead monitors the refreshed FICO scores as part of its assessment of the home equity portfolio.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Outstanding % of
Total
Outstanding % of
Total

Senior Liens:

FICO < 620

$ 216 2 % $ 224 2 %

FICO 621-719

640 7 653 6

FICO > 720

2,291 24 2,374 24

Total Senior Liens

3,147 33 3,251 32

Junior Liens:

FICO < 620

603 6 661 7

FICO 621-719

1,754 19 1,817 18

FICO > 720

4,027 42 4,289 43

Total Junior Liens

6,384 67 6,767 68

Total

$ 9,531 100 % $ 10,018 100 %

40


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The Bancorp believes that home equity loans with a greater than 80% combined LTV ratio present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity loans outstanding in a first and second lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 39: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Outstanding Weighted
Average LTV
Outstanding Weighted
Average LTV

Senior Liens:

LTV £ 80%

$ 2,683 54.9 % $ 2,763 54.9 %

LTV > 80%

464 88.9 488 88.9

Total Senior Liens

3,147 60.1 3,251 60.2

Junior Liens:

LTV £ 80%

3,427 67.3 3,602 67.3

LTV > 80%

2,957 91.5 3,165 91.6

Total Junior Liens

6,384 80.4 6,767 80.5

Total

$ 9,531 73.2 % $ 10,018 73.4 %

The following tables provide analysis of home equity loans by state with LTV greater than 80%:

TABLE 40: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2013

By State:

Outstanding Exposure 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 1,187 1,876 6 5 4 9

Michigan

744 1,045 4 3 3 8

Illinois

405 582 4 2 2 5

Indiana

320 486 2 2 1 2

Kentucky

300 466 2 1 1 2

Florida

122 165 2 2 2 2

All other states

343 459 3 3 1 4

Total

$ 3,421 5,079 23 18 14 32

TABLE 41: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012

By State:

Outstanding Exposure 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 1,327 2,017 9 6 6 14

Michigan

838 1,156 8 4 7 14

Illinois

444 630 6 2 4 9

Indiana

371 552 3 2 1 2

Kentucky

348 528 2 1 1 3

Florida

136 180 3 2 2 5

All other states

391 511 4 3 5 10

Total

$ 3,855 5,574 35 20 26 57

The following table provides an analysis of home equity loans by lien position:

TABLE 42: Home Equity Loans by Lien Position

90 Days

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Outstanding Past Due Nonaccrual

Senior Lien Home Equity

$ 3,147 14 19

Junior Lien Home Equity behind Fifth Third Serviced or Owned Senior Lien

2,307 8 7

Junior Lien Home Equity behind Third Party Serviced Senior Lien

4,077 26 20

Total

$ 9,531 48 46

Typically, home equity loans are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 180 days or more or if the loan has been modified in a TDR and subsequently becomes past due 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. The Bancorp’s policy does not place on nonaccrual status, junior lien home equity loans that are behind delinquent senior lien loans. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had $7 million of nonaccrual junior lien home equity loans behind Fifth Third serviced or owned senior lien loans and $19 million of performing junior lien home equity loans behind senior lien loans serviced or owned by Fifth Third which were 90 days or more past due. For junior lien home equity loans, the Bancorp is unable to track the performance of the senior lien loan if it does not service or own the senior lien loan.

41


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Automobile Portfolio

The automobile portfolio is characterized by direct and indirect lending products to consumers. As of June 30, 2013, 50% of the automobile loan portfolio is comprised of new automobiles. It is a common practice to advance on automobile loans an amount in excess of the automobile value due to the inclusion of taxes, title, and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

The following table provides an analysis of automobile loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 43: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV at Origination

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Outstanding Weighted
Average LTV
Outstanding Weighted
Average LTV

LTV £ 100%

$ 8,246 81.5 % $ 8,123 81.5 %

LTV > 100%

3,769 110.7 3,849 110.8

Total

$ 12,015 91.0 % $ 11,972 91.2 %

The following tables provide analysis of the Bancorp’s automobile loans with a LTV at origination greater than 100%:

TABLE 44: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2013

By State:

Outstanding 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 390 1

Illinois

215 1

Michigan

204

Florida

190

Indiana

155

Kentucky

131

All other states

2,484 3 1 3 5

Total

$ 3,769 4 1 3 6

TABLE 45: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012

By State:

Outstanding 90 Days
Past Due
Nonaccrual Three Months
Ended
Six Months
Ended

Ohio

$ 406 1 1 1

Illinois

248 1 1

Michigan

224 1 1

Florida

192

Indiana

164 1

Kentucky

143 1

All other states

2,486 3 2 5 9

Total

$ 3,863 4 2 8 14

European Exposure

The Bancorp has no direct sovereign exposure to any European nation as of June 30, 2013. In providing services to our customers, the Bancorp routinely enters into financial transactions with foreign domiciled and U.S. subsidiaries of foreign businesses as well as foreign financial institutions. These financial transactions are in the form of loans, loan commitments, letters of credit, derivatives and securities. The Bancorp’s risk appetite for foreign country exposure is managed by having established country exposure limits. The Bancorp’s total exposure to European domiciled or owned businesses and European financial institutions was $2.9 billion and funded exposure was $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. Additionally, the Bancorp was within its established country exposure limits for all European countries.

Certain European countries have been experiencing increased levels of stress throughout 2012 and during the six months ended June 30, 2013 including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. The Bancorp’s total exposure to businesses domiciled or owned by companies and financial institutions in these countries was approximately $200 million and funded exposure was $123 million as of June 30, 2013.

42


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The following table provides detail about the Bancorp’s exposure to all European domiciled and owned businesses and financial institutions as of June 30, 2013:

TABLE 46: European Exposure

Sovereigns Financial Institutions Non-Financial
Institutions
Total

($ in millions)

Total
Exposure
Funded
Exposure
Total
Exposure
Funded
Exposure
Total
Exposure
Funded
Exposure
Total
Exposure (a)
Funded
Exposure

Peripheral Europe (b)

$ 10 190 123 200 123

Other Eurozone (c)

43 27 1,737 1,140 1,780 1,167

Total Eurozone

53 27 1,927 1,263 1,980 1,290

Other Europe (d)

142 64 787 478 929 542

Total Europe

$ 195 91 2,714 1,741 2,909 1,832

(a) Total exposure includes funded exposure and unfunded commitments, reported net of collateral.
(b) Peripheral Europe includes Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain.
(c) Eurozone includes countries participating in the European common currency (Euro).
(d) Other Europe includes European countries not part of the Euro (primarily the United Kingdom and Switzerland).

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial and credit card loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 47.

Residential mortgage loans are typically placed on nonaccrual status when principal and interest payments have become past due 150 days unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage loans may stay on nonaccrual status for an extended time as the foreclosure process typically lasts longer than 180 days. Typically home equity loans are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 180 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage, home equity, automobile and other consumer loans and leases that have been modified in a TDR and subsequently become past due 90 days are placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Commercial and credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonaccrual unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and the Bancorp is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well-secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premiums, accretion of loan discounts and amortization or accretion of deferred net loan fees or costs are discontinued and previously accrued, but unpaid interest is reversed. Commercial loans on nonaccrual status are reviewed for impairment at least quarterly. If the principal or a portion of the principal is deemed a loss, the loss amount is charged off to the ALLL.

Total nonperforming assets, including loans held for sale, were $1.2 billion at June 30, 2013 compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012. At June 30, 2013, $15 million of nonaccrual loans, consisting primarily of real estate secured loans, were held for sale, compared to $29 million at December 31, 2012.

Total nonperforming assets, including loans held for sale, as a percentage of total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO as of June 30, 2013 were 1.30%, compared to 1.48% as of December 31, 2012. Excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale, nonperforming assets as a percentage of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO were 1.32% as of June 30, 2013, compared to 1.49% as of December 31, 2012. The composition of nonaccrual loans and leases continues to be concentrated in real estate as 66% of nonaccrual loans and leases were secured by real estate as of June 30, 2013 compared with 67% as of December 31, 2012.

Commercial nonperforming loans and leases were $638 million at June 30, 2013, a decrease of $88 million from December 31, 2012 due primarily to the impact of loss mitigation actions and modest improvement in general economic conditions. Excluding commercial nonperforming loans and leases held for sale, commercial nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2013 decreased $74 million compared to December 31, 2012.

Consumer nonperforming loans and leases were $286 million at June 30, 2013, a decrease of $46 million from December 31, 2012. The decrease is due to a decline in new nonaccrual levels due to modest improvement in general economic conditions in the first six months of 2013. Home equity nonaccrual levels remain modest as the Bancorp continues to fully charge-off a high proportion of the severely delinquent loans at 180 days past due. Geographical market conditions continues to be a large driver of nonaccrual activity as Florida properties represent approximately 13% and 8% of residential mortgage and home equity balances, respectively, but represent 45% and 20% of nonaccrual loans for each category. Refer to Table 48 for a rollforward of the nonperforming loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $241 million at June 30, 2013, compared to $257 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was primarily due to the sale of OREO properties coupled with a decrease in new OREO properties reflecting the

43


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

changes made to the Bancorp’s underwriting of real estate loans in prior periods as well as improvements in general economic conditions during 2013. The Bancorp recognized $7 million and $22 million in losses on the sale or write-down of OREO properties for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively and $29 million and $45 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These losses are primarily reflective of the continued stress in the Michigan and Florida markets for commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans as Michigan and Florida represented 10% and 22%, respectively, of total OREO losses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared with 6% and 18%, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Properties in Michigan and Florida accounted for 33% of OREO at June 30, 2013, compared to 38% at December 31, 2012.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 approximately $18 million and $38 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 approximately $27 million and $54 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

TABLE 47: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

Nonaccrual loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans (g)

$ 218 234

Commercial mortgage loans

169 215

Commercial construction loans

39 70

Commercial leases

1 1

Residential mortgage loans

96 114

Home equity

28 30

Other consumer loans and leases

1

Restructured loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans (g)

126 96

Commercial mortgage loans (f)

59 67

Commercial construction loans

4 6

Commercial leases

7 8

Residential mortgage loans

105 123

Home equity

18 23

Automobile loans

2 2

Credit card

37 39

Total nonperforming loans and leases (d)

909 1,029

OREO and other repossessed property (c)

241 257

Total nonperforming assets

1,150 1,286

Nonaccrual loans held for sale

15 29

Total nonperforming assets including loans held for sale

$ 1,165 1,315

Loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 1

Commercial mortgage loans

22

Commercial construction loans

1

Residential mortgage loans (b)

71 75

Home equity

48 58

Automobile loans

6 8

Credit card

27 30

Total loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing (e)

$ 152 195

Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO (a)

1.32 % 1.49

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming assets (a)

151 144

(a) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(b) Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage loan pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. These advances were $403 as of June 30, 2013 and $414 as of December 31, 2012. The Bancorp recognized $1 of losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and $2 of losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Excludes $66 and $72 of OREO related to government insured loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(d) Includes $12 and $10 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $1 of restructured nonaccrual government insured loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(e) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(f) Excludes $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(g) Commercial and industrial nonaccrual loans reflects a reclassification of $56 from nonaccrual loans and leases to nonaccrual restructured loans and leases which occurred after the Bancorp’s Form 8-K was filed on July 18, 2013. This reclassification was the result of a Federal Shared National Credit examination.

44


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

The following table provides a rollforward of portfolio nonperforming loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 48: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonperforming Loans and Leases

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Total

Beginning Balance

$ 697 237 95 1,029

Transfers to nonperforming

231 109 133 473

Transfers to performing

(7 ) (26 ) (31 ) (64 )

Transfers to performing (restructured)

(11 ) (23 ) (34 ) (68 )

Transfers to held for sale

(3 ) (3 )

Loans sold from portfolio

(5 ) (5 )

Loan paydowns/payoffs

(133 ) (53 ) (7 ) (193 )

Transfers to other real estate owned

(55 ) (38 ) (93 )

Charge-offs

(99 ) (5 ) (71 ) (175 )

Draws/other extensions of credit

8 8

Ending Balance

$ 623 201 85 909

For the six months ended June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Beginning Balance

$ 1,058 275 105 1,438

Transfers to nonperforming

371 175 191 737

Transfers to performing

(1 ) (23 ) (39 ) (63 )

Transfers to performing (restructured)

(6 ) (27 ) (49 ) (82 )

Transfers to held for sale

(6 ) (6 )

Loans sold from portfolio

(12 ) (4 ) (16 )

Loan paydowns/payoffs

(217 ) (53 ) (7 ) (277 )

Transfers to other real estate owned

(51 ) (37 ) (88 )

Charge-offs

(180 ) (46 ) (106 ) (332 )

Draws/other extensions of credit

27 4 31

Ending Balance

$ 983 260 99 1,342

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Typically, these modifications reduce the loan interest rate, extend the loan term, reduce the accrued interest or in limited circumstances, reduce the principal balance of the loan. These modifications are classified as TDRs.

At the time of modification, the Bancorp maintains certain consumer loan TDRs (including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans) on accrual status, provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well-documented credit evaluation. Commercial loans modified as part of a TDR are maintained on accrual status provided there is a sustained payment history of six months or greater prior to the modification in accordance with the modified terms and all remaining contractual payments under the modified terms are reasonably assured of collection. TDRs of commercial loans and credit card loans that do not have a sustained payment history of six months or greater in accordance with the modified terms remain on nonaccrual status until a six-month payment history is sustained.

Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $1.7 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013, the percentage of restructured residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and credit card loans that are past due 30 days or more were 24%, 11% and 13%, respectively.

The following table summarizes TDRs by loan type and delinquency status:

TABLE 49: Performing and Nonperforming TDRs

Performing

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Current 30-89 Days
Past Due
90 Days or
More Past Due
Nonaccrual Total

Commercial (b)(c)

$ 475 196 671

Residential mortgages (a)

1,026 62 113 105 1,306

Home equity

383 30 18 431

Automobile and other consumer loans and leases

27 2 2 31

Credit card

28 37 65

Total

$ 1,939 94 113 358 2,504

(a) Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of June 30, 2013, these advances represented $131 of current loans, $23 of 30-89 days past due loans and $91 of 90 days or more past due loans.
(b) Excludes $8 of restructured accruing loans and $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(c) Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

During the third quarter of 2012, the OCC, a national bank regulatory agency, issued interpretive guidance that requires non-reaffirmed loans included in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings to be accounted for as nonperforming TDRs and collateral dependent loans regardless of their

45


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

payment history and capacity to pay in the future. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is a state chartered bank which therefore is not subject to guidance of the OCC; however, the Bancorp is closely following these developments and is in communication with its regulators to evaluate their position on this new guidance. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had loans with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $170 million that could potentially be impacted by this guidance, of which approximately 88% are current with their original contractual payments and approximately $65 million are already classified as TDRs. This guidance, if fully adopted by the Bancorp’s regulators, would result in additional charge-offs of approximately $70 million as well as additional TDRs and possible increases to nonperforming assets.

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 51 bps and 88 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were 57 bps and 98 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Table 50 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio commercial loans and leases decreased to 36 bps and 40 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 67 bps and 77 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The decreases are a result of decreases in net charge-offs of $33 million and $79 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, from the same periods in the prior year coupled with an increase in the average commercial loan and lease balances of $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively. Decreases in net charge-offs were realized across all commercial loan types and were primarily due to improvements in general economic conditions and previous actions taken by the Bancorp to address problem loans. Actions taken by the Bancorp included suspending homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in 2008 and tightened underwriting standards across all commercial loan product offerings. The Bancorp resumed homebuilder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in the third quarter of 2011. Net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate were $6 million and $23 million compared to $16 million and $49 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net charge-offs related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate are recorded in the commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans captions in Table 50. Net charge-offs on these loans represented 23% and 22% of total commercial loan and lease net charge-offs for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The ratio of consumer loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio consumer loans and leases decreased to 73 bps and 81 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 116 bps and 126 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans, which typically involve partial charge-offs based upon appraised values of underlying collateral, decreased $21 million and $38 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year as a result of improvements in delinquencies and a decrease in the average loss recorded per charge-off. The Bancorp’s Florida and Michigan markets, in aggregate, accounted for 46% and 47% of net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans in the portfolio during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. Fifth Third expects the composition of the residential mortgage portfolio to improve as it continues to retain high quality, shorter duration residential mortgage loans that are originated through its branch network as a low-cost, refinance product of conforming residential mortgage loans.

Home equity net charge-offs decreased $16 million and $32 million compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to decreases in the broker channel and the Florida market. In addition, management actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation.

Automobile loan net charge-offs decreased $2 million and $7 million compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, due to the origination of high credit quality loans as a result of tighter underwriting standards and higher resale on automobiles sold at auction.

Credit card and other consumer loan net charge-offs remained relatively flat for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The Bancorp utilizes a risk-adjusted pricing methodology to ensure adequate compensation is received for those products that have higher credit costs.

46


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 50: Summary of Credit Loss Experience

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Losses charged off:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ (42 ) (53 ) (77 ) (112 )

Commercial mortgage loans

(15 ) (28 ) (45 ) (65 )

Commercial construction loans

(6 ) (4 ) (26 )

Commercial leases

(2 ) (8 ) (2 ) (8 )

Residential mortgage loans

(18 ) (38 ) (40 ) (76 )

Home equity

(27 ) (43 ) (61 ) (93 )

Automobile loans

(11 ) (13 ) (23 ) (29 )

Credit card

(23 ) (24 ) (46 ) (47 )

Other consumer loans and leases

(7 ) (6 ) (15 ) (16 )

Total losses

(145 ) (219 ) (313 ) (472 )

Recoveries of losses previously charged off:

Commercial and industrial loans

9 7 20 13

Commercial mortgage loans

5 3 8 10

Commercial construction loans

6 1 9

Commercial leases

1 1

Residential mortgage loans

3 2 5 3

Home equity

4 4 8 8

Automobile loans

6 6 14 13

Credit card

4 6 8 9

Other consumer loans and leases

2 3 4 5

Total recoveries

33 38 68 71

Net losses charged off:

Commercial and industrial loans

(33 ) (46 ) (57 ) (99 )

Commercial mortgage loans

(10 ) (25 ) (37 ) (55 )

Commercial construction loans

(3 ) (17 )

Commercial leases

(2 ) (7 ) (2 ) (7 )

Residential mortgage loans

(15 ) (36 ) (35 ) (73 )

Home equity

(23 ) (39 ) (53 ) (85 )

Automobile loans

(5 ) (7 ) (9 ) (16 )

Credit card

(19 ) (18 ) (38 ) (38 )

Other consumer loans and leases

(5 ) (3 ) (11 ) (11 )

Total net losses charged off

$ (112 ) (181 ) (245 ) (401 )

Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases (excluding held for sale):

Commercial and industrial loans

0.35 % 0.57 0.31 0.62

Commercial mortgage loans

0.50 1.04 0.85 1.11

Commercial construction loans

(0.04 ) (0.12 ) 0.69 3.83

Commercial leases

0.18 0.87 0.11 0.44

Total commercial loans

0.36 0.67 0.40 0.77

Residential mortgage loans

0.48 1.28 0.58 1.33

Home equity

0.96 1.50 1.09 1.63

Automobile loans

0.16 0.21 0.16 0.27

Credit card

3.68 3.78 3.75 3.98

Other consumer loans and leases

5.02 3.95 5.74 4.75

Total consumer loans and leases

0.73 1.16 0.81 1.26

Total net losses charged off

0.51 % 0.88 0.57 0.98

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp evaluates the ALLL each quarter to determine its adequacy to cover inherent losses. Several factors are taken into consideration in the determination of the overall ALLL, including an unallocated component. These factors include, but are not limited to, the overall risk profile of the loan and lease portfolios, net charge-off experience, the extent of impaired loans and leases, the level of nonaccrual loans and leases, the level of 90 days past due loans and leases and the overall percentage level of the ALLL. The Bancorp also considers overall asset quality trends, credit administration and portfolio management practices, risk identification practices, credit policy and underwriting practices, overall portfolio growth, portfolio concentrations and current national and local economic conditions that might impact the portfolio. More information on the ALLL can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bancorp did not substantively change any material aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the ALLL and there have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance. In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy

47


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The ALLL attributable to the portion of the residential mortgage and consumer loan and lease portfolio that has not been restructured is determined on a pooled basis with the segmentation being based on the similarity of credit risk characteristics. Loss factors for real estate backed consumer loans are developed for each pool based on the trailing twelve month historical loss rate, as adjusted for certain prescriptive loss rate factors and certain qualitative adjustment factors. The prescriptive loss rate factors and qualitative adjustments are designed to reflect risks associated with current conditions and trends which are not believed to be fully reflected in the trailing twelve month historical loss rate. For real estate backed consumer loans, the prescriptive loss rate factors include adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix, and the qualitative factors include adjustments for credit administration and portfolio management practices, credit policy and underwriting practices and the national and local economy. The Bancorp considers home price index trends in its footprint when determining the national and local economy qualitative factor. The Bancorp also considers the volatility of collateral valuation trends when determining the unallocated component of the ALLL.

The Bancorp’s determination of the ALLL for commercial loans is sensitive to the risk grades it assigns to these loans. In the event that 10% of commercial loans in each risk category would experience a downgrade of one risk category, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $166 million at June 30, 2013. In addition, the Bancorp’s determination of the allowance for residential and consumer loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates. In the event that estimated loss rates would increase by 10%, the allowance for residential and consumer loans would increase by approximately $45 million at June 30, 2013. As several qualitative and quantitative factors are considered in determining the ALLL, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ALLL. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes to risk grades and estimated loss rates and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Bancorp, management believes the risk grades and estimated loss rates currently assigned are appropriate.

TABLE 51: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

ALLL:

Balance, beginning of period

$ 1,783 2,126 1,854 2,255

Losses charged off

(145 ) (219 ) (313 ) (472 )

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

33 38 68 71

Provision for loan and lease losses

64 71 126 162

Balance, end of period

$ 1,735 2,016 1,735 2,016

Reserve for unfunded commitments:

Balance, beginning of period

$ 168 179 179 181

Provision (benefit) for unfunded commitments

(2 ) (1 ) (13 ) (3 )

Balance, end of period

$ 166 178 166 178

Certain inherent but unconfirmed losses are probable within the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the level of losses is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and restructured residential mortgage and consumer loans and other qualitative adjustments. Due to the heavy reliance on realized historical losses and the credit grade rating process, the model-derived estimate of ALLL tends to slightly lag behind the deterioration in the portfolio in a stable or deteriorating credit environment, and tend not to be as responsive when improved conditions have presented themselves. Given these model limitations, the qualitative adjustment factors may be incremental or decremental to the quantitative model results.

An unallocated component to the ALLL is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss. The unallocated allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases was 0.12% and 0.13% at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The unallocated allowance was six percent of the total allowance as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

As shown in Table 52, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loan and leases was 1.99% at June 30, 2013 compared to 2.16% at December 31, 2012. The ALLL was $1.7 billion as of June 30, 2013 compared to $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 is reflective of a number of factors including decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases and improvement in underlying loss trends.

48


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 52: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

Allowance attributed to:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 817 802

Commercial mortgage loans

278 333

Commercial construction loans

27 33

Commercial leases

61 68

Residential mortgage loans

201 229

Home equity

120 143

Automobile loans

26 28

Credit card

83 87

Other consumer loans and leases

18 20

Unallocated

104 111

Total ALLL

$ 1,735 1,854

Portfolio loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,856 36,038

Commercial mortgage loans

8,443 9,103

Commercial construction loans

754 698

Commercial leases

3,567 3,549

Residential mortgage loans

12,400 12,017

Home equity

9,531 10,018

Automobile loans

12,015 11,972

Credit card

2,114 2,097

Other consumer loans and leases

352 290

Total portfolio loans and leases

$ 87,032 85,782

Attributed allowance as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans

2.16 % 2.23

Commercial mortgage loans

3.29 3.66

Commercial construction loans

3.58 4.73

Commercial leases

1.71 1.92

Residential mortgage loans

1.62 1.91

Home equity

1.26 1.43

Automobile loans

0.22 0.23

Credit card

3.93 4.15

Other consumer loans and leases

5.11 6.90

Unallocated (as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases)

0.12 0.13

Attributed allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases

1.99 % 2.16

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk arises from the potential for market fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices that may result in potential reductions in net income. Interest rate risk, a component of market risk, is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income or financial position due to changes in interest rates. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk can occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times;

Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts; or

The expected maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, interest rates can indirectly impact earnings through their effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage originations, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s balance sheet composition and earnings flows and models the interest rate risk, and possible actions to reduce this risk, given numerous possible future interest rate scenarios.

Net Interest Income Simulation Model

The Bancorp utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. The model is based on contractual and assumed cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

The Bancorp’s Executive ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERM Committee, monitors and manages interest rate risk within Board approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a Market Risk Management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of market risk activities. In 2012, the NII and EVE

49


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

ALCO policy limits were lowered to reflect the Bancorp’s current risk appetite and due to significant uncertainty with respect to the economic environment, market interest rates and balance sheet and deposit pricing behaviors. The policy limits were updated in conjunction with the Market Risk Management group and were approved by ALCO.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is currently evaluated by measuring the anticipated change in net interest income over 12 month and 24 month horizons assuming a 100 bps and 200 bps parallel ramped increase in interest rates. The Fed Funds interest rate, targeted by the Federal Reserve at a range of 0% to 0.25%, is currently set at a level that would be negative in parallel ramped decrease scenarios; therefore, those scenarios were omitted from the interest rate risk analyses at June 30, 2013 and 2012. In accordance with the current policy, the rate movements are assumed to occur over one year and are sustained thereafter.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated net interest income sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of June 30:

TABLE 53: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile

2013 2012
% Change in NII (FTE) ALCO Policy Limits % Change in NII (FTE) ALCO Policy Limits

Change in Interest Rates (bps)

12 Months 13 to 24
Months
12 Months 13 to 24
Months
12 Months 13 to 24
Months
12 Months 13 to 24
Months

+ 200

1.39 % 6.55 (4.00 ) (6.00 ) 2.42 % 8.91 (5.00 ) (7.00 )

+ 100

0.67 3.39 1.06 4.18

At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk profile reflects a change to a less asset sensitive position in year one and year two compared to June 30, 2012. The lower asset sensitivity at June 30, 2013 compared to June 30, 2012 is the result of an increase in the levels of market interest rates and mortgage rates, an increase in fixed-rate loan balances and less outstanding fixed-rate debt. These impacts are partially offset by an increase in core deposit balances.

Economic Value of Equity

The Bancorp also utilizes EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the NII simulation model highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, the EVE analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions. The EVE of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of liability cash flows. The sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the growth assumptions used in the NII simulation model. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of transaction deposit portfolios.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s EVE sensitivity profile as of June 30:

TABLE 54: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile

2013 2012

Change in Interest Rates (bps)

Change in EVE ALCO Policy Limit Change in EVE ALCO Policy Limit

+ 200

(3.73 ) % (12.00 ) 1.18 % (15.00 )

+ 100

(1.66 ) 1.00

+ 25

(0.32 ) 0.32

- 25

0.14 (0.30 )

The June 30, 2013 EVE at risk profile suggests a modest negative impact from market rate increases of +25 bps through the +200 bps scenarios. This EVE at risk profile reflects a shift to liability sensitivity from asset sensitivity as reported at June 30, 2012. The primary factors contributing to the change are an increase in the levels of market interest rates and mortgage rates, growth in fixed-rate loan balances, less outstanding fixed-rate debt and a less asset sensitive MSR risk profile. These impacts are partially offset by an increase in core deposit balances.

While an instantaneous shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to LIBOR and Prime basis risks, nonparallel shifts in the yield curve and embedded options risk. In addition, the impact on NII and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates is modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

50


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge interest rate lock commitments that are also considered free-standing derivatives. Additionally, the Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options.

The Bancorp also establishes derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge significant exposures assumed in commercial customer accommodation derivative contracts. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. For further information including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, see Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established. The following table summarizes the expected principal cash flows of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases as of June 30, 2013.

TABLE 55: Portfolio Loan and Lease Expected Maturities

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Less than 1 year 1-5 years Over 5 years Total

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 9,233 25,931 2,692 37,856

Commercial mortgage loans

3,605 4,120 718 8,443

Commercial construction loans

286 438 30 754

Commercial leases

653 1,608 1,306 3,567

Subtotal - commercial loans and leases

13,777 32,097 4,746 50,620

Residential mortgage loans

1,985 4,093 6,322 12,400

Home equity

1,408 5,295 2,828 9,531

Automobile loans

4,808 6,969 238 12,015

Credit card

605 1,509 2,114

Other consumer loans and leases

295 57 352

Subtotal - consumer loans and leases

9,101 17,923 9,388 36,412

Total

$ 22,878 50,020 14,134 87,032

Additionally, the following table displays a summary of expected principal cash flows occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable rate loans as of June 30, 2013:

TABLE 56: Portfolio Loan and Lease Principal Cash Flows Occurring After One Year

Interest Rate

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Fixed Floating or Adjustable

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 3,908 24,715

Commercial mortgage loans

1,255 3,583

Commercial construction loans

22 446

Commercial leases

2,914

Subtotal - commercial loans and leases

8,099 28,744

Residential mortgage loans

7,605 2,810

Home equity

942 7,181

Automobile loans

7,160 47

Credit card

619 890

Other consumer loans and leases

29 28

Subtotal - consumer loans and leases

16,355 10,956

Total

$ 24,454 39,700

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Interest Rate Risk

The net carrying amount of the residential MSR portfolio was $894 million and $697 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates.

Mortgage rates increased during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and decreased during the same period prior year. The increase in interest rates in the current year caused modeled prepayments speeds to slow, which led to a recovery of temporary impairment of $102 million and

51


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

$151 million on servicing rights during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $60 million and $49 million in temporary impairment on servicing rights during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Servicing rights are deemed temporarily impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Temporary impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. In addition to the mortgage servicing rights valuation, the Bancorp recognized net losses of $30 million and $37 million on its non-qualifying hedging strategy for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to net gains of $38 million and $42 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net unrealized gains on securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy were $6 million and $8 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and were immaterial during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Bancorp assessed the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Based on this review, the Bancorp adjusted its MSR hedging strategy to exclude the hedging of MSRs related to certain mortgage loans originated in 2008 and prior, representing approximately 10% of the carrying value of the MSR portfolio as of June 30, 2013. The prepayment behavior of these loans is expected to be less sensitive to changes in interest rates as tighter industry underwriting standards, borrower credit characteristics and home price values have had a greater impact on prepayment speeds. Thus, the predictive power of traditional prepayment models that are based solely on the historical dependency of prepayment speeds on market interest rates may not be reliable for these loans. As a result, the Bancorp has considered these additional factors as it models prepayment speeds when valuing the MSRs. The Bancorp utilizes valuation opinions from servicing brokers, peer surveys and its historical prepayment experience in validating the modeled prepayment speeds utilized in the fair value measurement of the MSRs. As these additional factors have had an impact on prepayment speeds, the effectiveness of traditional hedging strategies utilizing benchmark interest rate based derivatives has been reduced. In addition to the market factors that impact prepayment speeds, the Bancorp is exposed to prepayment risk on these loans in the event borrowers refinance at higher than expected levels due to government intervention or other factors. The Bancorp continues to monitor the performance of these MSRs and may decide to hedge this portion of the MSR portfolio in future periods. See Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge interest rate risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $535 million and $549 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. The Bancorp has internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that assesses the liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and credit rating downgrades. The plan includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Projected contractual maturities from loan and lease repayments are included in Table 55 of the Market Risk Management section of MD&A. Of the $16.2 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale portfolio at June 30, 2013, $3.8 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $1.7 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, see the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loans and leases. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgages, certain commercial loans, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold loans totaling $7.2 billion and $14.6 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $4.7 billion and $11.6 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. For further information on the transfer of financial assets, see Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

52


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and shareholders’ equity funded 82% of its average total assets for the second quarter of 2013 and 81% for the second quarter of 2012. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Certificates of deposit carrying a balance of $100,000 or more and deposits in the Bancorp’s foreign branch located in the Cayman Islands are wholesale funding tools utilized to fund asset growth. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

The Bancorp has a shelf registration in place with the SEC permitting ready access to the public debt markets and qualifies as a “well-known seasoned issuer” under the SEC rules. As of June 30, 2013, $5.6 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance from this shelf registration under the current Bancorp’s Board of Directors’ authorizations; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. Additionally, the Bancorp has approximately $39.7 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources including the FHLB and FRB.

In February of 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program to increase the capacity from $20 billion to $25 billion. On February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of five years due February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years due February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 basis points, with a maturity of three years due February 26, 2016. These bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date. In the second quarter of 2013, $500 million of senior bank notes matured. The Bancorp has $23.2 billion of funding available for issuance under the global bank note program as of June 30, 2013.

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to establish enhanced liquidity standards for BHCs with total assets of $50 billion or greater. The FRB has indicated it plans to introduce a liquidity framework consistent with the Basel Committee framework. The Basel Committee’s key reform within the Basel III framework to strengthen liquidity standards was the introduction of the LCR and NSFR. On January 7, 2013, the Basel Committee issued a final standard for the LCR, which would phase in the LCR beginning in 2015 upon with full implementation in 2019. The Basel Committee plans on introducing the NSFR final standard in the next two years.

The Basel Committee’s LCR would promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity profile by ensuring an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted into cash easily and immediately in private markets to meet its liquidity needs within 30 calendar days. Financial institutions subject to the LCR generally would be expected to hold unencumbered high-quality assets of at least 100% of net cash flows over the next 30 calendar days upon full implementation in 2019. The Bancorp is currently in the process of evaluating the impact to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of complying with the Basel Committee’s final rule, should it become subject to the LCR through FRB regulation.

The Basel Committee’s NSFR is intended to promote medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of financial institutions. This ratio would establish a minimum acceptable amount of stable funding based on the liquidity characteristics of a financial institution’s assets and activities over a one year horizon. Management is currently monitoring the progress of the Basel Committee’s work on the NSFR.

While the FRB has stated its intent to implement Basel III liquidity standards in the U.S., the scope, timing and nature of the implementation is unclear at this time.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 57. The ratings reflect the ratings agencies view on the Bancorp’s capacity to meet financial commitments. *

* As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

53


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 57: Agency Ratings

As of August 7, 2013

Moody’s Standard and Poor’s Fitch DBRS

Fifth Third Bancorp:

Short-term

No rating A-2 F1 R-1 (low)

Senior debt

Baa1 BBB A- A (low)

Subordinated debt

Baa2 BBB- BBB+ BBBH

Fifth Third Bank:

Short-term

P-2 A-2 F1 R-1 (low)

Long-term deposit

A3 No rating A A

Senior debt

A3 BBB+ A- A

Subordinated debt

Baa1 BBB BBB+ A (low)

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital and Liquidity Committee, which is responsible for all capital related decisions. The Capital and Liquidity Committee makes recommendations to management involving capital actions. These recommendations are reviewed and approved by the ERMC.

Capital Ratios

The U.S banking agencies established quantitative measures that assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements. The U.S. banking agencies define “well capitalized” ratios for Tier I and total risk-based capital as 6% and 10%, respectively. The Bancorp exceeded these “well-capitalized” ratios for all periods presented.

The Basel II advanced approach framework was finalized by U.S. banking agencies in 2007. Core banks, defined as those with consolidated total assets in excess of $250 billion or on balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion were required to adopt the advanced approach effective April 1, 2008. The Bancorp does not meet these thresholds and, therefore, is not subject to the requirements of Basel II.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires more stringent prudential standards, including capital and liquidity requirements, for larger institutions. It addresses the quality of capital components by limiting the degree to which certain hybrid instruments can be included. The Dodd-Frank Act will phase out the inclusion of certain TruPS as a component of Tier I risk-based capital when the banking agencies implement the proposed enhancement to the regulatory capital framework. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp’s Tier I risk-based capital included $810 million of TruPS representing approximately 72 bps of risk-weighted assets.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance international capital standards. In June of 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III, such as re-defining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier I common equity ratio. In July of 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved final enhanced regulatory capital requirements, which included modifications to the proposed rules. These modifications provide for certain banks, including the Bancorp, to opt out of including AOCI in Tier 1 capital and retain the treatment of residential mortgage exposures consistent with the current Basel I capital rules. The new capital rules are effective for the Bancorp on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components and other provisions. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating the final rules and their potential impact. The Bancorp’s current estimate of the pro-forma fully phased in Tier I common equity ratio at June 30, 2013 under the final capital rules is approximately 9.09% compared with 9.43% as calculated under the existing Basel I capital framework. The primary drivers of the change from the existing Basel I capital framework to the Basel III final rules are an increase in Tier I common equity of approximately 9 bps (primarily from the elimination of the current 10% deduction of mortgage servicing rights from capital), which would be more than offset by the impact of increases in risk-weighted assets (primarily from the treatment of securitizations and commitments with an original maturity of one year or less). If the Bancorp elects to include AOCI components in capital, the June 30, 2013 pro forma Basel III Tier 1 common ratio would be increased by approximately 13 bps. The pro-forma Tier I common equity ratio exceeds the proposed minimum Tier I common equity ratio of 7% comprised of a minimum of 4.5% plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. The pro-forma Tier I common equity ratio does not include the effect of any mitigating actions the Bancorp may undertake to offset the impact of the proposed capital enhancements. Additionally, pursuant to the final rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be 6% for the Tier I capital ratio, 8% for the total risk-based capital ratio and 4% for the Tier I capital to average consolidated assets (leverage ratio). For further discussion on the Basel I and Basel III Tier I common equity ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Market Risk Rule

On June 7, 2012, banking agencies approved a final rule effective January 1, 2013, known as “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk,” to implement enhancements to the market risk framework adopted by the Basel Committee. The final rule, which the Bancorp is subject to, requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The rule introduces new measures of market risk, establishes a charge related to stressed VaR for covered trading positions and replaces references to credit ratings in the market risk rules with alternative methodologies for assessing risk. The intention of the rule is to better capture positions for which the market risk capital rule is appropriate, reduce procyclicality in market risk capital requirements, enhance sensitivity to risks that are not adequately captured by the current regulatory methodologies and increase transparency through enhanced disclosures. Upon the adoption of the market risk final rule in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s Tier I and Total risk-based capital ratios decreased 1 bp and adoption had an immaterial impact to the Tier I common equity ratio.

54


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 58: Capital Ratios

($ in millions)

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

Average equity as a percent of average assets

11.64 % 11.65

Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets (a)

9.65 9.17

Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets (a)

8.83 8.83

Tier I capital

$ 12,426 11,685

Total risk-based capital

16,102 15,816

Risk-weighted assets (b)

112,285 109,699

Regulatory capital ratios:

Tier I risk-based capital

11.07 % 10.65

Total risk-based capital

14.34 14.42

Tier I leverage

10.40 10.05

Tier I common equity (a)

9.43 9.51

(a) For further information on these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.
(b) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.

2013 Stress Tests and CCAR

The FRB launched the 2013 stress testing program and CCAR on November 9, 2012. The CCAR requires bank holding companies to submit a capital plan in addition to their stress testing results. The mandatory elements of the capital plan are an assessment of the expected use and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon, a discussion of any expected changes to the Bancorp’s business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity, a detailed description of the Bancorp’s process for assessing capital adequacy and the Bancorp’s capital policy. The stress testing results and capital plan were submitted by the Bancorp to the FRB on January 7, 2013 covering the period from April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2014.

The FRB assessed the comprehensiveness of the capital plan, the reasonableness of the assumptions and the analysis underlying the capital plan and reviewed the robustness of the capital adequacy process, the capital policy and the Bancorp’s ability to maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a Tier I common ratio of 5 percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon.

On March 14, 2013 the Bancorp announced the FRB’s response to the capital plan it submitted as part of the 2013 CCAR. The FRB indicated that it did not object to the following capital actions for the period beginning April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2014:

Increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share;

Repurchase of up to $750 million in TruPS subject to the determination of a regulatory capital event and replacement with the issuance of a similar amount of Tier II-qualifying subordinated debt;

Conversion of the $398 million in outstanding Series G 8.5% convertible preferred stock into approximately 35.5 million common shares issued to the holders. If this conversion were to occur, the Bancorp would intend to repurchase the common shares issued in the conversion up to $550 million in market value, and issue $550 million in preferred stock;

Repurchase of common shares in an amount up to $984 million, including any shares issued in a Series G preferred stock conversion; and

Issuance of an additional $500 million in preferred stock.

The capital plan also included the assumption that the Bancorp would issue approximately 3.5 million shares in restricted stock under employee compensation plans in 2013. In addition, the Bancorp intends to make incremental repurchases of common shares in the amount of any after-tax gains from the sale of Vantiv, Inc. common stock. The above potential capital actions are subject to Board approval and other factors including regulatory developments and market conditions.

Additionally, as a CCAR institution, the Bancorp is required to disclose its own estimates of results under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, and to provide information related to risks included in its stress testing; a summary description of the methodologies used; estimates of aggregate pre-provision net revenue, losses, provisions and pro forma capital ratios at the end of the forward-looking planning horizon of at least nine quarters; and an explanation of the most significant causes of changes in regulatory capital ratios. On March 14, 2013 the Bancorp publicly disclosed the results of its company-run stress test in a Form 8-K as required by the Dodd-Frank Act stress testing rules.

Beginning in 2013, the Bancorp and other large bank holding companies were required to conduct a separate mid-year stress test using financial data as of March 31 st under three company-derived macro-economic scenarios (base, adverse and severely adverse). The Bancorp submitted the results of its mid-year stress test to the FRB in July of 2013 and the FRB will publish a summary of the results under the severely adverse scenario in September of 2013.

Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion

As contemplated by the 2013 CCAR, on May 13, 2013 the Bancorp issued in a registered public offering 600,000 depositary shares, representing 24,000 shares of 5.10% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock, for net proceeds of $593 million. Each preferred share has a $25,000 liquidation preference. The preferred stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative semi-annual

55


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

basis, at an annual rate of 5.10% through but excluding June 30, 2023, at which time it converts to a quarterly floating rate dividend of three-month LIBOR plus 3.033%. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series H preferred shares at its option in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 30, 2023 and following a regulatory capital event at any time prior to June 30, 2023. The Series H preferred shares are not convertible into Bancorp common shares or any other securities. Under the 2013 CCAR, the Bancorp has $450 million of remaining preferred stock available for issuance as of June 30, 2013.

On June 11, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion into common stock, no par value, of all outstanding shares of the Bancorp’s 8.50% non-cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, Series G, which shares are represented by depositary shares each representing 1/250th of a share of Series G preferred stock, pursuant to the Amended Articles of Incorporation. The Articles grant the Bancorp the right, at its option, to convert all outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock if the closing price of common stock exceeded 130% of the applicable conversion price for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days. The closing price of shares of common stock satisfied such threshold for the 30 trading days ended June 10, 2013, and the Bancorp gave the required notice of its exercise of its conversion right. On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted the remaining 16,442 outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock, which represented 4,110,500 depositary shares, into shares of Fifth Third’s common stock. Each share of Series G preferred stock was converted into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a total of 35,511,740 issued shares. The common shares issued in the conversion are exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities exchanged exclusively with Bancorp’s existing security holders where no commission or other remuneration was paid. Upon conversion, the depositary shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and withdrawn from the Exchange.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends, the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $0.12 and $0.08 for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $0.23 and $0.16 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million, of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program in August of 2012. At settlement of the forward contract on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares, or approximately $125 million of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

As a result of the FRB’s non-objection to the Bancorp’s capital plan under the 2013 CCAR process, on March 19, 2013, Fifth Third’s Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to affect share repurchase transactions. This share repurchase authorization replaces the Board’s previous authorization.

On May 21, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 25,035,519 shares, or approximately $539 million of its outstanding common stock on May 24, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program previously announced on March 19, 2013. The Bancorp expects the settlement of the transaction to occur on or before October 21, 2013.

56


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

TABLE 59: Share Repurchases

Period

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased (a)
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum Number of Shares
that May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs

April 1, 2013 - April 30, 2013

849,037 (c) $ 16.02 (b) 849,037 100,000,000 (c)

May 1, 2013 - May 31, 2013

25,035,519 18.33 25,035,519 74,964,481

June 1, 2013 - June 30, 2013

74,964,481

Total

25,884,556 $ 18.25 25,884,556 74,964,481

(a) The Bancorp repurchased 1,156,922 shares during the second quarter of 2013 in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
(b) Shares received from the counterparty as final settlement of the Repurchase Agreement.
(c) In March 2013, the Bancorp announced that its Board of Directors had authorized management to purchase 100 million shares of the Bancorp’s common stock through the open market or in any private transaction. The authorization does not include specific price targets or an expiration date. The 849,037 shares settled on April 5, 2013 were included under the previous 100 million share repurchase program.

57


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into financial transactions to extend credit and various forms of commitments and guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. A discussion of these transactions is as follows:

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty recourse provisions. Such provisions include the loan’s compliance with applicable loan criteria, including certain documentation standards per agreements with unrelated third parties. Additional reasons for the Bancorp having to repurchase the loans include compliance with collateral appraisal standards, fraud related to the loan application and the rescission of mortgage insurance. Under these provisions, the Bancorp is required to repurchase any previously sold loan for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with the representation and warranty recourse provisions totaling $117 million and $110 million, respectively, which were included in other liabilities in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp paid $10 million and $9 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $21 million and $39 million, respectively, in outstanding principal of loans to satisfy investor demands. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp paid $23 million and $17 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $51 million and $65 million, respectively, of loans to satisfy investor demands. Total repurchase demand requests during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $64 million and $84 million, respectively. Total repurchase demand requests during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $131 million and $210 million, respectively. Total outstanding repurchase demand inventory was $53 million at June 30, 2013 compared to $67 million at December 31, 2012.

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $586 million and $662 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $21 million at June 30, 2013, and $20 million at December 31, 2012, recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Private Mortgage Insurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $42 million at June 30, 2013 and $58 million at December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $15 million and $18 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million. For further information on this automobile securitization, see Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

58


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk (Item 3)

Information presented in the Market Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

The Bancorp conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Bancorp’s management, including the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act). Based on the foregoing, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Bancorp files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and information is accumulated and communicated to the Bancorp’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Bancorp’s management also conducted an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, there has been no such change during the period covered by this report.

59


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

As of

($ in millions, except share data)

June 30,
2013
December 31,
2012

Assets

Cash and due from banks

$ 2,390 2,441

Available-for-sale and other securities (b)

16,187 15,207

Held-to-maturity securities (c)

274 284

Trading securities

219 207

Other short-term investments

1,109 2,421

Loans held for sale (d)

2,148 2,939

Portfolio loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans

37,856 36,038

Commercial mortgage loans (a)

8,443 9,103

Commercial construction loans

754 698

Commercial leases

3,567 3,549

Residential mortgage loans (e)

12,400 12,017

Home equity

9,531 10,018

Automobile loans

12,015 11,972

Credit card

2,114 2,097

Other consumer loans and leases

352 290

Portfolio loans and leases

87,032 85,782

Allowance for loan and lease losses (a)

(1,735 ) (1,854 )

Portfolio loans and leases, net

85,297 83,928

Bank premises and equipment

2,540 2,542

Operating lease equipment

645 581

Goodwill

2,416 2,416

Intangible assets

23 27

Servicing rights

899 697

Other assets (a)

9,213 8,204

Total Assets

$ 123,360 121,894

Liabilities

Deposits:

Demand

$ 30,097 30,023

Interest checking

22,878 24,477

Savings

18,448 19,879

Money market

9,247 6,875

Other time

3,793 4,015

Certificates - $100,000 and over

7,374 3,284

Foreign office and other

1,617 964

Total deposits

93,454 89,517

Federal funds purchased

636 901

Other short-term borrowings

2,112 6,280

Accrued taxes, interest and expenses

1,619 1,708

Other liabilities

4,322 2,639

Long-term debt

6,940 7,085

Total Liabilities

109,083 108,130

Equity

Common stock (f)

2,051 2,051

Preferred stock (g)

991 398

Capital surplus

2,689 2,758

Retained earnings

9,561 8,768

Accumulated other comprehensive income

149 375

Treasury stock (f)

(1,202 ) (634 )

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity

14,239 13,716

Noncontrolling interests

38 48

Total Equity

14,277 13,764

Total Liabilities and Equity

$ 123,360 121,894

(a) Includes $50 and $50 of commercial mortgage loans, $(13) and $(5) of ALLL, and $1 and $3 of other assets from consolidated VIEs that are included in their respective captions above at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. See Note 8.
(b) Amortized cost of $15,793 and $14,571 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(c) Fair value of $274 and $284 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(d) Includes $2,113 and $2,856 of residential mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(e) Includes $83 and $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(f) Common shares: Stated value $2.22 per share; authorized 2,000,000,000; outstanding at June 30, 2013 – 851,473,955 (excludes 72,418,626 treasury shares) , December 31, 2012 – 882,152,057 (excludes 41,740,524 treasury shares).
(g) 430,000 shares of undesignated no par value preferred stock are authorized and unissued; 8.5% non-cumulative Series G convertible (into 2,159.8272 common shares) perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 46,000 authorized, 16,442 and 16,450 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 24,000 authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 . See Note 22.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

60


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)

For the three months ended
June 30,
For the six months ended
June 30,

($ in millions, except per share data)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Interest Income

Interest and fees on loans and leases

$ 864 891 1,746 1,789

Interest on securities

119 135 231 276

Interest on other short-term investments

1 1 2 2

Total interest income

984 1,027 1,979 2,067

Interest Expense

Interest on deposits

53 55 103 114

Interest on other short-term borrowings

1 2 4 3

Interest on long-term debt

50 75 104 157

Total interest expense

104 132 211 274

Net Interest Income

880 895 1,768 1,793

Provision for loan and lease losses

64 71 126 162

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

816 824 1,642 1,631

Noninterest Income

Mortgage banking net revenue

233 183 453 387

Service charges on deposits

136 130 267 260

Corporate banking revenue

106 102 205 199

Investment advisory revenue

98 93 198 190

Card and processing revenue

67 64 132 122

Other noninterest income

414 103 523 279

Securities gains, net

3 17 11

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

6 8

Total noninterest income

1,060 678 1,803 1,448

Noninterest Expense

Salaries, wages and incentives

404 393 803 792

Employee benefits

83 84 197 195

Net occupancy expense

76 74 155 151

Technology and communications

50 48 99 95

Card and processing expense

33 30 65 60

Equipment expense

28 27 56 55

Other noninterest expense

361 281 638 563

Total noninterest expense

1,035 937 2,013 1,911

Income Before Income Taxes

841 565 1,432 1,168

Applicable income tax expense

250 180 429 352

Net Income

591 385 1,003 816

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(10 ) 1

Net Income Attributable to Bancorp

591 385 1,013 815

Dividends on preferred stock

9 9 18 18

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

$ 582 376 995 797

Earnings Per Share

$ 0.67 0.41 1.14 0.87

Earnings Per Diluted Share

$ 0.65 0.40 1.11 0.85

Average common shares - basic

858,582,710 913,540,510 864,718,802 914,383,163

Average common shares - diluted

900,625,454 954,622,463 906,859,723 956,015,935

Cash dividends declared per share

$ 0.12 0.08 0.23 0.16

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

61


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited)

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Net income

$ 591 385 1,003 816

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities:

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

(211 ) (10 ) (247 ) (3 )

Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) included in net income

33 (2 ) 38 (6 )

Unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedge derivatives:

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

(2 ) 10 (1 ) 16

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

(6 ) (14 ) (20 ) (27 )

Defined benefit pension plans:

Net actuarial loss arising during period

2 2 4 4

Other comprehensive loss

(184 ) (14 ) (226 ) (16 )

Comprehensive income

407 371 777 800

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(10 ) 1

Comprehensive income attributable to Bancorp

$ 407 371 787 799

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

62


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (unaudited)

Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity

($ in millions, except per share data)

Common
Stock
Preferred
Stock
Capital
Surplus
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Treasury
Stock
Total
Bancorp
Shareholders’
Equity
Non-
Controlling
Interests
Total
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2011

$ 2,051 398 2,792 7,554 470 (64 ) 13,201 50 13,251

Net income

815 815 1 816

Other comprehensive loss

(16 ) (16 ) (16 )

Cash dividends declared:

Common stock at $0.16 per share

(148 ) (148 ) (148 )

Preferred stock

(18 ) (18 ) (18 )

Shares acquired for treasury

(75 ) (75 ) (75 )

Impact of stock transactions under stock compensation plans, net

(40 ) 53 13 13

Other

(2 ) 3 1 1

Balance at June 30, 2012

2,051 398 2,752 8,201 454 (83 ) 13,773 51 13,824

Balance at December 31, 2012

2,051 398 2,758 8,768 375 (634 ) 13,716 48 13,764

Net income

1,013 1,013 (10 ) 1,003

Other comprehensive loss

(226 ) (226 ) (226 )

Cash dividends declared:

Common stock at $0.23 per share

(198 ) (198 ) (198 )

Preferred stock

(18 ) (18 ) (18 )

Shares acquired for treasury

(58 ) (606 ) (664 ) (664 )

Issuance of preferred stock

593 593 593

Impact of stock transactions under stock compensation plans, net

(11 ) 36 25 25

Other

(4 ) 2 (2 ) (2 )

Balance at June 30, 2013

$ 2,051 991 2,689 9,561 149 (1,202 ) 14,239 38 14,277

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

63


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Operating Activities

Net income

$ 1,003 816

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Provision for loan and lease losses

126 162

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

276 254

Stock-based compensation expense

41 37

Provision for deferred income taxes

139 84

Securities gains

(42 ) (29 )

Securities gains – non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

(8 )

Securities losses

25 18

(Recovery of) provision for MSR impairment

(151 ) 49

Net gains on sales of loans and fair value adjustments on loans held for sale

(198 ) (67 )

Bank premises and equipment impairment

1 17

Capitalized servicing rights

(156 ) (190 )

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

14,397 11,801

Loans originated for sale, net of repayments

(12,763 ) (10,572 )

Dividends representing return on equity method investments

24 13

Gain on sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares and Vantiv, Inc. IPO

(242 ) (115 )

Net change in:

Trading securities

(11 ) (22 )

Other assets

(453 ) (64 )

Accrued taxes, interest and expenses

(100 ) (81 )

Other liabilities

683 (38 )

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

2,591 2,073

Investing Activities

Sales:

Available-for-sale securities

4,876 1,616

Loans

597 157

Disposal of bank premises and equipment

18 2

Repayments / maturities:

Available-for-sale securities

1,878 2,003

Held-to-maturity securities

9 16

Purchases:

Available-for-sale securities

(8,099 ) (3,856 )

Bank premises and equipment

(138 ) (193 )

Proceeds from sale and dividends representing return of equity method investments

487 75

Net change in:

Other short-term investments

1,312 (182 )

Loans and leases

(2,757 ) (1,946 )

Operating lease equipment

(90 ) (34 )

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

(1,907 ) (2,342 )

Financing Activities

Net change in:

Core deposits

(121 ) (1,416 )

Certificates - $100,000 and over, including foreign office and other

4,058 (20 )

Federal funds purchased

(265 ) 295

Other short-term borrowings

(4,168 ) 1,374

Dividends paid on common shares

(184 ) (148 )

Dividends paid on preferred shares

(9 ) (9 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

1,300 512

Repayment of long-term debt

(1,258 ) (498 )

Repurchase of treasury shares and related forward contract

(664 ) (75 )

Issuance of preferred shares

593

Other

(17 ) (16 )

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

(735 ) (1 )

Decrease in Cash and Due from Banks

(51 ) (270 )

Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Period

2,441 2,663

Cash and Due from Banks at End of Period

$ 2,390 2,393

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 2 contains cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities.

64


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Bancorp and its majority-owned subsidiaries and VIEs in which the Bancorp has been determined to be the primary beneficiary. Other entities, including certain joint ventures, in which the Bancorp has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, but upon which the Bancorp does not possess control, are accounted for by the equity method and not consolidated. Those entities in which the Bancorp does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring accruals, necessary to present fairly the results for the periods presented. In accordance with U.S. GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial information, these statements do not include certain information and footnote disclosures required for complete annual financial statements and it is suggested that these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements be read in conjunction with the latest annual financial statements. The results of operations and comprehensive income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the cash flows and changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Financial information as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from the annual audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bancorp.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities are presented in the following table for the six months ended June 30:

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Cash payments:

Interest

$ 213 266

Income taxes

249 178

Transfers:

Portfolio loans to loans held for sale

601 20

Loans held for sale to portfolio loans

25 68

Portfolio loans to OREO

115 141

Loans held for sale to OREO

3 7

3. Accounting and Reporting Developments

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, and clarified in January 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance related to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to disclose both gross information and net information about financial instruments, including derivatives, and transactions eligible for offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as well as financial instruments and transactions subject to agreements similar to a master netting arrangement. The amended guidance is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The amended guidance was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2013 and the required disclosures are included in Note 11.

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance related to amounts reclassified out of AOCI. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to present, either on the face of the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income or in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety, the Bancorp is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2013. The required disclosures are included in Note 18.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance relating to the measurement of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount under the arrangement is fixed at the reporting date. For the total amount of an obligation under an arrangement to be considered fixed at the reporting date, there can be no measurement uncertainty relating to the total amount of the obligation. The obligation resulting from joint and several liability arrangements would be measured initially as the sum of 1) the amount the Bancorp has agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and 2) any additional amount the Bancorp expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The amended guidance also would require the Bancorp to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as information about the risks that such obligations pose to future cash flows. The amended guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and will be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements that exist at the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Bancorp is currently in the process of evaluating

65


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

the impact of adopting the amended guidance, but does not expect the impact to be material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes

In July 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance which permits the OIS to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to UST and LIBOR. The amended guidance also removed a previous scope reference that required the same benchmark interest rate be used for similar hedges and that using different rates be rare and justified. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 (i.e., the issuance date). The Bancorp will adopt the amended guidance in the third quarter of 2013.

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists

In July 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance on exceptions to when an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion thereof, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The Bancorp will adopt the amended guidance on January 1, 2014.

4. Securities

The following table provides the amortized cost, fair value and unrealized gains and losses for the major categories of the available-for-sale and other and held-to-maturity securities portfolios as of:

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Available-for-sale and other:

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

$ 26 26

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

1,624 134 1,758

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

201 4 205

Agency mortgage-backed securities (a)

9,481 270 (88 ) 9,663

Other bonds, notes and debentures

3,483 78 (13 ) 3,548

Other securities (b)

978 10 (1 ) 987

Total

$ 15,793 496 (102 ) 16,187

Held-to-maturity:

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

$ 273 273

Other debt securities

1 1

Total

$ 274 274

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

Available-for-sale and other:

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

$ 41 41

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

1,730 181 1,911

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

203 9 212

Agency mortgage-backed securities (a)

8,403 345 (18 ) 8,730

Other bonds, notes and debentures

3,161 119 (3 ) 3,277

Other securities (b)

1,033 3 1,036

Total

$ 14,571 657 (21 ) 15,207

Held-to-maturity:

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

$ 282 282

Other debt securities

2 2

Total

$ 284 284

(a) Includes interest-only mortgage backed securities of $483 and $408 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded at fair value with fair value changes recorded in securities gains, net and securities gains, net-non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
(b) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings of $497 and $348 , respectively, at June 30, 2013 and $497 and $347, respectively, at December 31, 2012, that are carried at cost, and certain mutual fund and equity security holdings.

66


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The following table presents realized gains and losses that were recognized in income from available-for-sale securities:

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Realized gains

$ 22 21 40 28

Realized losses

(60 ) (1 ) (86 ) (1 )

OTTI

(12 ) (17 ) (12 ) (17 )

Net realized (losses) gains

$ (50 ) 3 (58 ) 10

Net unrealized gains on interest-only mortgage backed securities were $56 million and $81 million for the three and six months ending June 30, 2013, respectively.

Trading securities totaled $219 million as of June 30, 2013, compared to $207 million at December 31, 2012. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on trading securities were immaterial for the three and six months ending June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net unrealized gains on trading securities were immaterial for the three months ending June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $2 million and $1 million for the six months ending June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, securities with a fair value of $9.7 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings, public deposits, trust funds, derivative contracts and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The expected maturity distribution of the Bancorp’s agency mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of the Bancorp’s available-for-sale and other and held-to-maturity securities as of June 30, 2013 are shown in the following table:

Available-for-Sale & Other Held-to-Maturity

($ in millions)

Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value

Debt securities: (a)

Under 1 year

$ 771 764 80 80

1-5 years

4,521 4,755 173 173

5-10 years

6,656 6,755 20 20

Over 10 years

2,867 2,926 1 1

Other securities

978 987

Total

$ 15,793 16,187 274 274

(a) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there exists a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The following table provides the fair value and gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale and other securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of:

Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total

($ in millions)

Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses

June 30, 2013

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

$ 26 26

Agency mortgage-backed securities

3,850 (88 ) 3 3,853 (88 )

Other bonds, notes and debentures

702 (11 ) 58 (2 ) 760 (13 )

Other securities

30 (1 ) 30 (1 )

Total

$ 4,608 (100 ) 61 (2 ) 4,669 (102 )

December 31, 2012

Agency mortgage-backed securities

$ 1,784 (18 ) 1,784 (18 )

Other bonds, notes and debentures

454 (3 ) 454 (3 )

Other securities

1 1

Total

$ 2,239 (21 ) 2,239 (21 )

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The Bancorp recognized $12 million in OTTI, included in securities gains, net, in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, on its available-for-sale debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Bancorp recognized $17 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale debt securities. The Bancorp did not recognize OTTI on any of its available-for-sale equity securities or held-to-maturity debt securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. Less than one percent of unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities portfolio were represented by non-rated securities at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

67


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

5. Loans and Leases

The Bancorp diversifies its loan and lease portfolio by offering a variety of loan and lease products with various payment terms and rate structures. Lending activities are concentrated within those states in which the Bancorp has banking centers and are primarily located in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp’s commercial loan portfolio consists of lending to various industry types. Management periodically reviews the performance of its loan and lease products to evaluate whether they are performing within acceptable interest rate and credit risk levels and changes are made to underwriting policies and procedures as needed. The Bancorp maintains an allowance to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio. For further information on credit quality and the ALLL, see Note 6.

The following table provides a summary of the total loans and leases classified by primary purpose as of:

June 30, December 31,

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Loans and leases held for sale:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 12 39

Commercial mortgage loans

7 13

Commercial construction loans

4 9

Commercial leases

3

Residential mortgage loans

2,113 2,856

Other consumer loans and leases

9 22

Total loans and leases held for sale

$ 2,148 2,939

Portfolio loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,856 36,038

Commercial mortgage loans

8,443 9,103

Commercial construction loans

754 698

Commercial leases

3,567 3,549

Total commercial loans and leases

50,620 49,388

Residential mortgage loans

12,400 12,017

Home equity

9,531 10,018

Automobile loans

12,015 11,972

Credit card

2,114 2,097

Other consumer loans and leases

352 290

Total consumer loans and leases

36,412 36,394

Total portfolio loans and leases

$ 87,032 85,782

Total portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unearned income, which totaled $721 million as of June 30, 2013 and $758 million as of December 31, 2012. Additionally, portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unamortized premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and fair value adjustments (associated with acquired loans or loans designated at fair value upon origination) which totaled a net premium of $100 million and $73 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp’s FHLB and FRB advances are generally secured by loans. The Bancorp had loans of $12.5 billion and $12.7 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, pledged at the FHLB, and loans of $33.4 billion and $30.9 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, pledged at the FRB.

68


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The following table presents a summary of the total loans and leases owned by the Bancorp as of:

90 Days Past Due
Balance and Still Accruing
June 30, December 31, June 30, December 31,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,868 36,077 $ 1

Commercial mortgage loans

8,450 9,116 22

Commercial construction loans

758 707 1

Commercial leases

3,570 3,549

Residential mortgage loans

14,513 14,873 71 75

Home equity

9,531 10,018 48 58

Automobile loans

12,015 11,972 6 8

Credit card

2,114 2,097 27 30

Other consumer loans and leases

361 312

Total loans and leases

$ 89,180 88,721 $ 152 195

Less: Loans held for sale

$ 2,148 2,939

Total portfolio loans and leases

$ 87,032 85,782

The following table presents a summary of net charge-offs:

For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 57 100

Commercial mortgage loans

37 55

Commercial construction loans

3 18

Commercial leases

2 7

Residential mortgage loans

35 73

Home equity

53 85

Automobile loans

9 16

Credit card

38 38

Other consumer loans and leases

11 9

Total loans and leases

$ 245 401

69


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

6. Credit Quality and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp disaggregates ALLL balances and transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment. Credit quality related disclosures for loans and leases are further disaggregated by class.

The following tables summarize transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment:

For the three months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Unallocated Total

Transactions in the ALLL:

Balance, beginning of period

$ 1,191 212 272 108 1,783

Losses charged off

(59 ) (18 ) (68 ) (145 )

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

14 3 16 33

Provision for loan and lease losses

37 4 27 (4 ) 64

Balance, end of period

$ 1,183 201 247 104 1,735

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Unallocated Total

Transactions in the ALLL:

Balance, beginning of period

$ 1,424 233 341 128 2,126

Losses charged off

(95 ) (38 ) (86 ) (219 )

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

17 2 19 38

Provision for loan and lease losses

1 35 42 (7 ) 71

Balance, end of period

$ 1,347 232 316 121 2,016

For the six months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Unallocated Total

Transactions in the ALLL:

Balance, beginning of period

$ 1,236 229 278 111 1,854

Losses charged off

(128 ) (40 ) (145 ) (313 )

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

29 5 34 68

Provision for loan and lease losses

46 7 80 (7 ) 126

Balance, end of period

$ 1,183 201 247 104 1,735

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Unallocated Total

Transactions in the ALLL:

Balance, beginning of period

$ 1,527 227 365 136 2,255

Losses charged off

(211 ) (76 ) (185 ) (472 )

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

33 3 35 71

Provision for loan and lease losses

(2 ) 78 101 (15 ) 162

Balance, end of period

$ 1,347 232 316 121 2,016

The following tables provide a summary of the ALLL and related loans and leases classified by portfolio segment:

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Unallocated Total

ALLL: (a)

Individually evaluated for impairment

$ 89 (c) 134 59 282

Collectively evaluated for impairment

1,094 66 188 1,348

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

1 1

Unallocated

104 104

Total ALLL

$ 1,183 201 247 104 1,735

Loans and leases: (b)

Individually evaluated for impairment

$ 924 (c) 1,306 527 2,757

Collectively evaluated for impairment

49,696 11,006 23,485 84,187

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

5 5

Total portfolio loans and leases

$ 50,620 12,317 24,012 86,949

(a) Includes $10 related to leveraged leases.
(b) Excludes $83 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $872 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.
(c) Includes five restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity, in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with a recorded investment of $29 and an allowance of $11 .

70


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Commercial Residential
Mortgage
Consumer Unallocated Total

ALLL: (a)

Individually evaluated for impairment

$ 95 137 62 294

Collectively evaluated for impairment

1,140 91 216 1,447

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

1 1 2

Unallocated

111 111

Total ALLL

$ 1,236 229 278 111 1,854

Loans and leases: (b)

Individually evaluated for impairment

$ 980 1,298 544 2,822

Collectively evaluated for impairment

48,407 10,637 23,833 82,877

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

1 6 7

Total portfolio loans and leases

$ 49,388 11,941 24,377 85,706

(a) Includes $11 related to leveraged leases.
(b) Excludes $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $862 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.

CREDIT RISK PROFILE

Commercial Portfolio Segment

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial mortgage non-owner occupied, commercial construction and commercial leasing.

To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality within the commercial portfolio segment, and for purposes of analyzing historical loss rates used in the determination of the ALLL for the commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp utilizes the following categories of credit grades: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The five categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions, are assigned upon initial approval of credit to borrowers and updated periodically thereafter. Pass ratings, which are assigned to those borrowers that do not have identified potential or well defined weaknesses and for which there is a high likelihood of orderly repayment, are updated periodically based on the size and credit characteristics of the borrower. All other categories are updated on a quarterly basis during the month preceding the end of the calendar quarter.

The Bancorp assigns a special mention rating to loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or the Bancorp’s credit position.

The Bancorp assigns a substandard rating to loans and leases that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. Substandard loans and leases have well defined weaknesses or weaknesses that could jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. Loans and leases in this grade also are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bancorp will sustain some loss if the deficiencies noted are not addressed and corrected.

The Bancorp assigns a doubtful rating to loans and leases that have all the attributes of a substandard rating with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit quality of the loan or lease, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceeding, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans.

Loans and leases classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off in the period in which they are determined to be uncollectible. Because loans and leases in this category are fully charged down, they are not included in the following tables.

The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s commercial portfolio segment, by class:

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Pass Special
Mention
Substandard Doubtful Total

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 35,263 857 1,724 12 37,856

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

4,005 240 473 4,718

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

2,758 315 652 3,725

Commercial construction loans

533 58 163 754

Commercial leases

3,486 39 42 3,567

Total

$ 46,045 1,509 3,054 12 50,620

71


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Pass Special
Mention
Substandard Doubtful Total

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 33,521 1,113 1,379 25 36,038

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

3,934 338 603 1 4,876

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

2,958 449 815 5 4,227

Commercial construction loans

444 59 195 698

Commercial leases

3,483 48 18 3,549

Total

$ 44,340 2,007 3,010 31 49,388

Consumer Portfolio Segment

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its consumer portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: home equity, automobile loans, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. The Bancorp’s residential mortgage portfolio segment is also a separate class.

The Bancorp considers repayment performance as the best indicator of credit quality for residential mortgage and consumer loans, which includes both the delinquency status and performing versus nonperforming status of the loans. The delinquency status of all residential mortgage and consumer loans is presented by class in the age analysis section below while the performing versus nonperforming status is presented in the table below. Residential mortgage loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 150 days and home equity loans with principal and interest payments that have become past due 180 days are classified as nonperforming unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage, home equity, automobile, and other consumer loans and leases that have been modified in a TDR and subsequently become past due 90 days are classified as nonperforming unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonperforming unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and are reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance.

The following table presents a summary of the Bancorp’s residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments disaggregated into performing versus nonperforming status as of:

June 30, 2013 December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Performing Nonperforming Performing Nonperforming

Residential mortgage loans (a)

$ 12,115 202 11,704 237

Home equity

9,486 45 9,965 53

Automobile loans

12,013 2 11,970 2

Credit card

2,077 37 2,058 39

Other consumer loans and leases

352 289 1

Total

$ 36,043 286 35,986 332

(a) Excludes $83 and $76 of loans measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

72


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans and Leases

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s recorded investment in portfolio loans and leases by age and class:

Past Due

As of June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Current
Loans and
Leases (c)
30-89
Days (c)
90 Days
and
Greater (c)
Total
Past Due
Total Loans
and Leases
90 Days Past
Due and Still
Accruing

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 37,691 15 150 165 37,856

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

4,628 6 84 90 4,718

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

3,646 11 68 79 3,725

Commercial construction loans

712 42 42 754

Commercial leases

3,560 7 7 3,567

Residential mortgage loans (a) (b)

11,985 65 267 332 12,317 71

Consumer:

Home equity

9,330 107 94 201 9,531 48

Automobile loans

11,958 48 9 57 12,015 6

Credit card

2,052 32 30 62 2,114 27

Other consumer loans and leases

350 2 2 352

Total portfolio loans and leases (a) (d)

$ 85,912 286 751 1,037 86,949 152

(a) Excludes $83 of loans measured at fair value.
(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of June 30, 2013 , $68 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $403 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized $1 of losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.
(d) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 30-89 days and 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013.

Past Due

As of December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Current
Loans and
Leases (c)
30-89
Days (c)
90 Days
and
Greater (c)
Total
Past Due
Total Loans
and Leases
90 Days Past
Due and Still
Accruing

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 35,826 46 166 212 36,038 1

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

4,752 29 95 124 4,876 22

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

4,094 21 112 133 4,227

Commercial construction loans

622 76 76 698 1

Commercial leases

3,546 2 1 3 3,549

Residential mortgage loans (a) (b)

11,547 87 307 394 11,941 75

Consumer:

Home equity

9,782 126 110 236 10,018 58

Automobile loans

11,900 62 10 72 11,972 8

Credit card

2,025 38 34 72 2,097 30

Other consumer loans and leases

287 2 1 3 290

Total portfolio loans and leases (a) (d)

$ 84,381 413 912 1,325 85,706 195

(a) Excludes $76 of loans measured at fair value.
(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of December 31, 2012, $80 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $414 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized $2 of losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.
(d) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 30-89 and 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at December 31, 2012.

73


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Impaired Loans and Leases

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp also performs an individual review on loans and leases that are restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan or lease is impaired. Other factors may include the geography and industry of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Smaller-balance homogenous loans or leases that are collectively evaluated for impairment are not included in the following tables.

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s impaired loans and leases (by class) that were subject to individual review, which includes all loans and leases restructured in a troubled debt restructuring:

As of June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Allowance

With a related allowance recorded:

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 278 205 60

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (b)

43 33 5

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

114 86 9

Commercial construction loans

68 55 4

Commercial leases

1 1

Restructured residential mortgage loans

1,054 1,019 134

Restructured consumer:

Home equity

397 393 42

Automobile loans

26 26 6

Credit card

65 65 11

Other consumer loans and leases

2 2

Total impaired loans and leases with a related allowance

$ 2,048 1,885 271

With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 156 117

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

108 101

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

248 229

Commercial construction loans

86 58

Commercial leases

10 10

Restructured residential mortgage loans

335 287

Restructured consumer:

Home equity

41 38

Automobile loans

3 3

Total impaired loans and leases with no related allowance

987 843

Total impaired loans and leases

$ 3,035 2,728 (a) 271

(a) Includes $475 , $1,201 and $470 , respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status; $196 , $105 and $57 , respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.
(b) Excludes five restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity, in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with an unpaid principal balance of $29 , a recorded investment of $29 , and an allowance of $11 .

74


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

As of December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Allowance

With a related allowance recorded:

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 263 194 65

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

54 43 5

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

215 160 16

Commercial construction loans

48 37 5

Commercial leases

8 8 5

Restructured residential mortgage loans

1,067 1,023 137

Restructured consumer:

Home equity

400 396 46

Automobile loans

31 30 4

Credit card

74 74 12

Other consumer loans and leases

2 2

Total impaired loans and leases with a related allowance

$ 2,162 1,967 295

With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 207 169

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

107 99

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

209 199

Commercial construction loans

109 67

Commercial leases

5 5

Restructured residential mortgage loans

326 275

Restructured consumer:

Home equity

40 39

Automobile loans

3 3

Total impaired loans and leases with no related allowance

1,006 856

Total impaired loans and leases

$ 3,168 2,823 (a) 295

(a) Includes $431, $1,175 and $480, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status;$177, $123 and $64, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s average impaired loans and leases and interest income by class:

For the three months ended
June 30, 2013
For the six months ended
June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 318 2 $ 329 4

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (a)

136 1 138 2

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

315 2 328 4

Commercial construction loans

114 1 112 2

Commercial leases

10 11

Restructured residential mortgage loans

1,308 13 1,307 26

Restructured consumer:

Home equity

434 5 437 11

Automobile loans

29 31

Credit card

68 1 71 2

Other consumer loans and leases

2 2

Total impaired loans and leases

$ 2,734 25 $ 2,766 51

(a) Excludes five restructured nonaccrual loans, associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with an average recorded investment of $30 and an immaterial amount of interest income recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 .

75


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

For the three months ended
June 30, 2012
For the six months ended
June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 467 1 $ 481 2

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

164 1 152 2

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

361 2 341 4

Commercial construction loans

177 1 190 2

Commercial leases

10 11

Restructured residential mortgage loans

1,270 13 1,266 25

Restructured consumer:

Home equity

438 12 441 18

Automobile loans

39 1 40 1

Credit card

86 1 83 2

Total impaired loans and leases

$ 3,012 32 $ 3,005 56

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial and credit card loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s nonperforming loans and leases, by class, as of:

($ in millions)

June 30,
2013
December 31,
2012

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

$ 344 330

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (a)

124 125

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

104 157

Commercial construction loans

43 76

Commercial leases

8 9

Total commercial loans and leases

623 697

Residential mortgage loans

201 237

Consumer:

Home equity

46 53

Automobile loans

2 2

Credit card

37 39

Other consumer loans and leases

1

Total consumer loans and leases

85 95

Total nonperforming loans and leases (b) (c)

$ 909 1,029

OREO and other repossessed property (d)

241 257

(a) Excludes $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(b) Excludes $15 and $29 of nonaccrual loans held for sale at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(c) Includes $12 and $10 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $1 of restructured nonaccrual government insured commercial loans at both June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(d) Excludes $66 and $72 of OREO related to government insured loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Within each of the Bancorp’s loan classes, TDRs typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) with a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. Modifying the terms of loans may result in an increase or decrease to the ALLL depending upon the terms modified, the method used to measure the ALLL for a loan prior to modification, and whether any charge-offs were recorded on the loan before or at the time of modification. Refer to the ALLL section of Note 1 in the Bancorp’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for information on the Bancorp’s ALLL methodology. Upon modification of a loan, the Bancorp measures the related impairment as the difference between the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective yield of the loan, expected to be collected on the modified loan and the carrying value of the loan. The resulting measurement may result in the need for minimal or no valuation allowance because it is probable that all cash flows will be collected under the modified terms of the loan. In addition, if the stated interest rate was increased in a TDR, the cash flows on the modified loan, using the pre-modification interest rate as the discount rate, often exceed the recorded investment of the loan. Conversely, the Bancorp often recognizes an impairment loss as an increase to the ALLL upon a modification that reduces the stated interest rate on a loan.

76


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

If a TDR involves a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest, that amount is charged off to the ALLL. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had $30 million and $28 million in line of credit commitments, respectively, and $25 million for both periods in letter of credit commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in a TDR.

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the three months ended:

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period (b)
Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

43 $ 112 (1 )

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (c)

14 5

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

19 37 (3 )

Commercial construction loans

1 1

Residential mortgage loans

420 68 8

Consumer:

Home equity

178 11 (1 )

Automobile loans

133 3 1

Credit card

2,180 13 2

Total portfolio loans and leases

2,988 $ 250 6

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period (b)
Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
Increase
(Decrease)

to ALLL  upon
modification
Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

11 $ 10 (6 )

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

9 7 (1 )

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

10 16 (6 )

Commercial construction loans

(4 )

Residential mortgage loans

557 91 8

Consumer:

Home equity

359 23 1

Automobile loans

222 4 1

Credit card

2,991 20 3

Total portfolio loans and leases

4,159 $ 171 (4 )

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.
(c) Excludes five loans modified in a TDR during the three months ended June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party. The TDR has a recorded investment of $29 , ALLL increased $7 upon modification, and a charge-off of $2 was recognized upon modification.

77


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the six months ended:

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of loans
modified in a TDR

during the period (b)
Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

63 $ 121 1

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans (c)

24 9 (1 )

Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans

34 54 (5 )

Commercial construction loans

2 7 (1 )

Residential mortgage loans

814 129 16

Consumer:

Home equity

504 27

Automobile loans

248 9 1

Credit card

4,492 28 4

Total portfolio loans and leases

6,181 $ 384 14 1

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period (b)
Recorded investment
in loans modified
in a TDR

during the period
Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

41 $ 25 (9 )

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans

36 15 (3 )

Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans

40 67 (5 )

Commercial construction loans

11 36 (4 )

Residential mortgage loans

1,037 169 15

Consumer:

Home equity

670 42 2

Automobile loans

561 9 2

Credit card

5,732 38 5

Total portfolio loans and leases

8,128 $ 401 3

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.
(c) Excludes five loans modified in a TDR during the six months ended June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party. The TDR has a recorded investment of $29 , ALLL increased $7 upon modification, and a charge-off of $2 was recognized upon modification.

The Bancorp considers TDRs that become 90 days or more past due under the modified terms as subsequently defaulted. For commercial loans not subject to individual review for impairment, the historical loss rates that are applied to such commercial loans for purposes of determining the allowance include historical losses associated with subsequent defaults on loans previously modified in a TDR. For consumer loans, the Bancorp performs a qualitative assessment of the adequacy of the consumer ALLL by comparing the consumer ALLL to forecasted consumer losses over the projected loss emergence period (the forecasted losses include the impact of subsequent defaults of consumer TDRs). When a residential mortgage, home equity, auto or other consumer loan that has been modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the present value of expected cash flows used in the measurement of the potential impairment loss is generally limited to the expected net proceeds from the sale of the loan’s underlying collateral and any resulting impairment loss is reflected as a charge-off or an increase in ALLL. When a credit card loan that has been modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the calculation of the impairment loss is consistent with the Bancorp’s calculation for other credit card loans that have become 90 days or more past due.

78


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults of TDRs that occurred during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

1 $

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

4 1

Residential mortgage loans

55 8

Consumer:

Home equity

20 1

Credit card

411 2

Total portfolio loans and leases

491 $ 12

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment

Commercial:

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

2 $ 1

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

1

Residential mortgage loans

62 14

Consumer:

Home equity

17 1

Automobile loans

9

Credit card

432 3

Total portfolio loans and leases

523 $ 19

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults that occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment

Commercial:

Commercial and industrial loans

2 $

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans

4 1

Residential mortgage loans

226 37

Consumer:

Home equity

34 2

Automobile loans

3

Credit card

926 6

Total portfolio loans and leases

1,195 $ 46

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment

Commercial:

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans

2 $ 1

Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans

2 1

Commercial construction loans

2 3

Residential mortgage loans

126 25

Consumer:

Home equity

48 3

Automobile loans

21

Credit card

1,009 7

Total portfolio loans and leases

1,210 $ 40

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

79


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

7. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of servicing rights, core deposit intangibles, customer lists, non-compete agreements and cardholder relationships. Intangible assets are amortized on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets, excluding servicing rights, have an estimated remaining weighted-average life at June 30, 2013 of 4.0 years. The Bancorp reviews intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For more information on servicing rights, see Note 9.

The details of the Bancorp’s intangible assets are shown in the following table:

($ in millions)

Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Valuation
Allowance
Net Carrying
Amount

As of June 30, 2013

Mortgage servicing rights

$ 2,975 (1,571 ) (510 ) 894

Automobile servicing rights

6 (1 ) 5

Core deposit intangibles

154 (137 ) 17

Other

45 (39 ) 6

Total intangible assets

$ 3,180 (1,748 ) (510 ) 922

As of December 31, 2012

Mortgage servicing rights

$ 2,825 (1,467 ) (661 ) 697

Core deposit intangibles

180 (160 ) 20

Other

44 (37 ) 7

Total intangible assets

$ 3,049 (1,664 ) (661 ) 724

As of June 30, 2013, all of the Bancorp’s intangible assets were being amortized. Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets, including mortgage servicing rights, for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $54 million and $44 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, amortization expense was $110 million and $94 million, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2013 through 2017 is as follows:

($ in millions)

Servicing Rights Other
Intangible Assets
Total

Remainder of 2013

$ 136 4 140

2014

223 5 228

2015

179 2 181

2016

147 2 149

2017

122 2 124

80


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

8. Variable Interest Entities

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, engages in a variety of activities that involve VIEs, which are legal entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities, or the equity investors of the entities as a group lack any of the characteristics of a controlling interest. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is generally the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For certain investment funds, the primary beneficiary is the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the fund’s expected losses or receive a majority of the fund’s expected residual returns. The Bancorp evaluates its interest in certain entities to determine if these entities meet the definition of a VIE and whether the Bancorp is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate the entity based on the variable interests it held both at inception and when there is a change in circumstances that requires a reconsideration. If the Bancorp is determined to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it must account for the VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. If the Bancorp is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE but holds a variable interest in the entity, such variable interests are accounted for under the equity method of accounting or other accounting standards as appropriate.

Consolidated VIEs

The following table provides a summary of the classifications of consolidated VIE assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

CDC
Investments

Assets:

Commercial mortgage loans

$ 50

ALLL

(13 )

Other assets

1

Total assets

38

Noncontrolling interests

38

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

CDC
Investments

Assets:

Commercial mortgage loans

$ 50

ALLL

(5 )

Other assets

3

Total assets

48

Noncontrolling interests

48

CDC Investments

CDC, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Bancorp, was created to invest in projects to create affordable housing, revitalize business and residential areas, and preserve historic landmarks. CDC generally co-invests with other unrelated companies and/or individuals and typically makes investments in a separate legal entity that owns the property under development. The entities are usually formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and CDC typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the VIEs is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The Bancorp’s subsidiaries serve as the managing member of certain LLCs invested in business revitalization projects. The Bancorp has provided an indemnification guarantee to the investor member of these LLCs related to the qualification of tax credits generated by the investor member’s investment. Accordingly, the Bancorp concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and, therefore, has consolidated these VIEs. As a result, the investor members’ interests in these VIEs are presented as noncontrolling interests in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. This presentation includes reporting separately the equity attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and reporting separately the comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure related to these indemnifications at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $19 million and $18 million, respectively, which is based on an amount required to meet the investor member’s defined target rate of return.

81


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Non-consolidated VIEs

The following tables provide a summary of assets and liabilities carried on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets related to non-consolidated VIEs for which the Bancorp holds an interest, but is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE, as well as the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to losses associated with its interests in the entities:

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Total
Assets
Total
Liabilities
Maximum
Exposure

CDC investments

$ 1,412 425 1,412

Private equity investments

195 302

Loans provided to VIEs

1,904 3,600

Automobile loan securitizations

5 5

Restructured loans

1 1

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Total
Assets
Total
Liabilities
Maximum
Exposure

CDC investments

$ 1,442 394 1,442

Private equity investments

189 310

Loans provided to VIEs

1,622 2,465

Restructured loans

2 2

CDC Investments

As noted previously, CDC typically invests in VIEs as a limited partner or investor member in the form of equity contributions. The Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners/managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. Accordingly, the Bancorp accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional unfunded commitments for future equity contributions. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments, including the unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the liabilities related to the unfunded commitments, which are included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose the Bancorp to a loss. In certain arrangements, the general partner/managing member of the VIE has guaranteed a level of projected tax credits to be received by the limited partners/investor members, thereby minimizing a portion of the Bancorp’s risk.

Private Equity Investments

The Bancorp invests as a limited partner in private equity funds which provide the Bancorp an opportunity to obtain higher rates of return on invested capital, while also creating cross-selling opportunities for the Bancorp’s commercial products. Each of the limited partnerships has an unrelated third-party general partner responsible for appointing the fund manager. The Bancorp has not been appointed fund manager for any of these private equity funds. The funds finance primarily all of their activities from the partners’ capital contributions and investment returns. Under the VIE consolidation guidance still applicable to the funds, the Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its investments in these limited partnerships under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp is exposed to losses arising from negative performance of the underlying investments in the private equity funds. As a limited partner, the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments plus unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the above tables. Also, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the unfunded commitment amounts to the funds were $107 million and $121 million, respectively. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $11 million and $13 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $14 million and $24 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Loans Provided to VIEs

The Bancorp has provided funding to certain unconsolidated VIEs sponsored by third parties. These VIEs are generally established to finance certain consumer and small business loans originated by third parties. The entities are primarily funded through the issuance of a loan from the Bancorp or a syndication through which the Bancorp is involved. The sponsor/administrator of the entities is responsible for servicing the underlying assets in the VIEs. Because the sponsor/administrator, not the Bancorp, holds the servicing responsibilities, which include the establishment and employment of default mitigation policies and procedures, the Bancorp does not hold the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the entity and, therefore, is not the primary beneficiary.

The principal risk to which these entities are exposed is credit risk related to the underlying assets. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts of the loans and unfunded commitments to the VIEs. The Bancorp’s outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented.

82


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Also, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Bancorp’s unfunded commitments to these entities were $1.7 billion and $843 million, respectively. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The securitization and the resulting sale of all underlying securities qualified for sale accounting. The Bancorp has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of the trust because it has neither the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE nor the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Bancorp is not required and does not currently intend to provide any additional financial support to the trust. Investors and creditors only have recourse to the assets held by the trust. The interest the Bancorp holds in the VIE relates to servicing rights which are included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying value of the servicing asset.

Restructured Loans

As part of loan restructuring efforts, the Bancorp received equity capital from certain borrowers to facilitate the restructuring of the borrower’s debt. These borrowers meet the definition of a VIE because the Bancorp was involved in their refinancing and because their equity capital is insufficient to fund ongoing operations. These restructurings were intended to provide the VIEs with serviceable debt levels while providing the Bancorp an opportunity to maximize the recovery of the loans. The VIEs finance their operations from earned income, capital contributions, and through restructured debt agreements. Assets of the VIEs are used to settle their specific obligations, including loan payments due to the Bancorp. The Bancorp continues to maintain its relationship with these VIEs as a lender and minority shareholder; however, it is not involved in management decisions and does not have sufficient voting rights to control the membership of the respective boards. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its equity investments in these VIEs under the equity method or cost method based on its percentage of ownership and ability to exercise significant influence.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs is limited to the equity investments, the principal and accrued interest on the outstanding loans, and any unfunded commitments. Due to the VIEs’ short-term cash deficit projections at the restructuring dates, the Bancorp determined that the initial fair value of its equity investments in these VIEs was zero. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp’s carrying value of these equity investments was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Bancorp had outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, which are included in the above tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp had no unfunded loan commitments to these VIEs as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

9. Sales of Receivables and Servicing Rights

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million.

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

The Bancorp sold fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. In those sales, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and the investors have no recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Bancorp receives annual servicing fees based on a percentage of the outstanding balance. The Bancorp identifies classes of servicing assets based on financial asset type and interest rates.

83


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Information related to residential mortgage loan sales and the Bancorp’s mortgage banking activity, which is included in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, is as follows:

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Residential mortgage loan sales

$ 7,122 4,709 $ 14,010 11,648

Origination fees and gains on loan sales

150 183 319 357

Servicing fees

62 63 124 124

Servicing Assets

The following table presents changes in the servicing assets related to residential mortgage and automobile loans for the six months ended June 30:

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Carrying amount before valuation allowance as of the beginning of the period

$ 1,358 1,239

Servicing rights that result from the transfer of residential mortgage loans

150 190

Servicing rights that result from the transfer of automobile loans

6

Amortization

(105 ) (86 )

Carrying amount before valuation allowance

1,409 1,343

Valuation allowance for servicing assets:

Beginning balance

(661 ) (558 )

Recovery of (provision for) MSR impairment

151 (49 )

Ending balance

(510 ) (607 )

Carrying amount as of the end of the period

$ 899 736

Temporary impairment or impairment recovery, affected through a change in the MSR valuation allowance, was captured as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of the MSR portfolio. This strategy includes the purchase of free-standing derivatives and various available-for-sale securities. The interest income, mark-to-market adjustments and gain or loss from sale activities associated with these portfolios are expected to economically hedge a portion of the change in value of the MSR portfolio caused by fluctuating discount rates, earnings rates and prepayment speeds. The fair value of the servicing asset is based on the present value of expected future cash flows.

The following table displays the beginning and ending fair value of the servicing assets for the six months ended June 30:

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Fixed rate residential mortgage loans:

Beginning balance

$ 664 649

Ending balance

855 702

Adjustable rate residential mortgage loans:

Beginning balance

33 32

Ending balance

39 34

Fixed rate automobile loans:

Beginning balance

Ending balance

5

The following table presents activity related to valuations of the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy, which is included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on MSRs

$ 6 8

Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio (Mortgage banking net revenue)

(30 ) 38 (37 ) 42

Recovery of (provision for) MSR impairment (Mortgage banking net revenue)

102 (60 ) 151 (49 )

84


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

As of June 30, 2013 and 2012, the key economic assumptions used in measuring the interests in residential mortgage loans that continued to be held by the Bancorp at the date of sale or securitization resulting from transactions completed during the three months ended:

June 30, 2013 June 30, 2012
Rate Weighted-
Average
Life (in
years)
Prepayment
Speed
(annual)
Discount
Rate
(annual)
Weighted-
Average
Default
rate
Weighted-
Average
Life (in
years)
Prepayment
Speed
(annual)
Discount
Rate
(annual)
Weighted-
Average
Default
rate

Residential mortgage loans:

Servicing assets

Fixed 7.4 8.9 % 10.3 % N/A 6.9 9.1 % 10.4 % N/A

Servicing assets

Adjustable 3.7 22.5 11.5 N/A 3.7 22.2 11.4 N/A

Based on historical credit experience, expected credit losses for residential mortgage loan servicing assets have been deemed immaterial, as the Bancorp sold the majority of the underlying loans without recourse. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp serviced $67.2 billion and $62.5 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans for other investors. The value of MSRs that continue to be held by the Bancorp is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the sold financial assets.

At June 30, 2013, the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10%, 20% and 50% adverse changes in prepayment speed assumptions and immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in other assumptions are as follows:

Prepayment
Speed Assumption
Residual Servicing
Cash Flows
Fair Weighted-
Average
Life (in
Impact of Adverse
Change on Fair Value
Discount Impact of
Adverse Change
on Fair Value

($ in millions) (a)

Rate Value years) Rate 10% 20% 50% Rate 10% 20%

Residential mortgage loans:

Servicing assets

Fixed $ 855 6.3 11.8 % $ (36 ) (70 ) (159 ) 10.4 % $ (33 ) (64 )

Servicing assets

Adjustable 39 3.2 25.9 (2 ) (3 ) (7 ) 11.6 (1 ) (2 )

(a) The impact of the weighted-average default rate on the current fair value of residual cash flows for all scenarios is immaterial.

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on these variations in the assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. The Bancorp believes variations of these levels are reasonably possible; however, there is the potential that adverse changes in key assumptions could be even greater. Also, in the previous table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which might magnify or counteract these sensitivities.

85


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

10. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bancorp maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce certain risks related to interest rate, prepayment and foreign currency volatility. Additionally, the Bancorp holds derivative instruments for the benefit of its commercial customers and for other business purposes. The Bancorp does not enter into unhedged speculative derivative positions.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain financial instruments so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the Bancorp’s net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options and swaptions. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on a stated notional amount and maturity date. Interest rate floors protect against declining rates, while interest rate caps protect against rising interest rates. Forward contracts are contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase, and the seller agrees to make delivery of, a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. Options provide the purchaser with the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a contracted item during a specified period at an agreed upon price. Swaptions are financial instruments granting the owner the right, but not the obligation, to enter into or cancel a swap.

Prepayment volatility arises mostly from changes in fair value of the largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. The Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge prepayment volatility. Principal-only swaps are total return swaps based on changes in the value of the underlying mortgage principal-only trust. TBAs are a forward purchase agreement for a mortgage-backed securities trade whereby the terms of the security are undefined at the time the trade is made.

Foreign currency volatility occurs as the Bancorp enters into certain loans denominated in foreign currencies. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use to economically hedge these foreign denominated loans include foreign exchange swaps and forward contracts.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts and interest rate contracts) for the benefit of commercial customers and other business purposes. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these free-standing derivatives by entering into offsetting third-party contracts with approved, reputable counterparties with substantially matching terms and currencies. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional, principal or contract amounts. Credit risk is minimized through credit approvals, limits, counterparty collateral and monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s derivative assets contain certain contracts in which the Bancorp requires the counterparties to provide collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in the fair value of the derivatives, including changes in the fair value due to credit risk of the counterparty. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance of collateral held by the Bancorp for derivative assets was $643 million and $927 million, respectively. The credit component negatively impacting the fair value of derivative assets associated with customer accommodation contracts as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $15 million and $18 million, respectively.

In measuring the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Bancorp considers its own credit risk, taking into consideration collateral maintenance requirements of certain derivative counterparties and the duration of instruments with counterparties that do not require collateral maintenance. When necessary, the Bancorp posts collateral primarily in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in fair value of the derivatives, including changes in fair value due to the Bancorp’s credit risk. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance of collateral posted by the Bancorp for derivative liabilities was $598 million and $785 million, respectively. Certain of the Bancorp’s derivative liabilities contain credit-risk related contingent features that could result in the requirement to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of specified events. As of June 30, 2013, the fair value of the additional collateral that could be required to be posted as a result of the credit-risk related contingent features being triggered was not material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The posting of collateral has been determined to remove the need for consideration of credit risk. As a result, the Bancorp determined that the impact of the Bancorp’s credit risk to the valuation of its derivative liabilities was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp holds certain derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, or for which hedge accounting is not established, are held as free-standing derivatives. All customer accommodation derivatives are held as free-standing derivatives.

The fair value of derivative instruments is presented on a gross basis, even when the derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements. Derivative instruments with a positive fair value are reported in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets while derivative instruments with a negative fair value are reported in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral payables and receivables associated with the derivative instruments are not added to or netted against the fair value amounts. For further information on offsetting derivatives and other financial instruments, see Note 11 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

86


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The following tables reflect the notional amounts and fair values for all derivative instruments included in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

Fair Value
Notional Derivative Derivative

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Amount Assets Liabilities

Qualifying hedging instruments

Fair value hedges:

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

$ 3,205 381 17

Total fair value hedges

381 17

Cash flow hedges:

Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans

1,000 45

Total cash flow hedges

45

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

426 17

Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

Free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

3,017 138 10

Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans

7,298 185 26

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

562 287

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

777 37

Total free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

610 73

Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation:

Interest rate contracts for customers

29,119 420 432

Interest rate lock commitments

3,326 7 35

Commodity contracts

3,583 98 99

Foreign exchange contracts

19,789 257 215

Total free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation

782 781

Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

1,392 854

Total

$ 1,818 871

Fair Value
Notional Derivative Derivative

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Amount Assets Liabilities

Qualifying hedging instruments

Fair value hedges:

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

$ 2,880 558

Total fair value hedges

558

Cash flow hedges:

Interest rate floors related to C&I loans

1,500 22

Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans

1,000 60

Interest rate caps related to long-term debt

500

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

250 1

Total cash flow hedges

82 1

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

640 1

Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

Free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

10,177 219

Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans

5,322 2 14

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

416 177

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

644 33

Total free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

398 47

Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation:

Interest rate contracts for customers

27,354 586 602

Interest rate lock commitments

4,894 60

Commodity contracts

3,084 87 82

Foreign exchange contracts

17,297 201 183

Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs

5

Total free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation

934 867

Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

1,332 914

Total

$ 1,972 915

87


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Fair Value Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate funding to floating-rate. Decisions to convert fixed-rate funding to floating are made primarily through consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Bancorp, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and interest rate levels. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, certain interest rate swaps met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on this shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed. For interest rate swaps that do not meet the shortcut requirements, an assessment of hedge effectiveness using regression analysis was performed and such swaps were accounted for using the “long-haul” method. The long-haul method requires a quarterly assessment of hedge effectiveness and measurement of ineffectiveness. For interest rate swaps accounted for as a fair value hedge using the long-haul method, ineffectiveness is the difference between the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap and changes in fair value of the related hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps hedging fixed-rate funding is reported within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table reflects the change in fair value of interest rate contracts, designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the related hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged, included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of Income Caption

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Interest rate contracts:

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt

Interest on long-term debt $ (127 ) 78 (194 ) (22 )

Change in fair value of hedged long-term debt attributable to the risk being hedged

Interest on long-term debt 125 (78 ) 191 14

Cash Flow Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert floating-rate assets and liabilities to fixed rates or to hedge certain forecasted transactions. The assets or liabilities may be grouped in circumstances where they share the same risk exposure for which the Bancorp desires to hedge. The Bancorp may also enter into interest rate caps and floors to limit cash flow variability of floating rate assets and liabilities. As of June 30, 2013, all hedges designated as cash flow hedges are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the hedged item’s expected cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged. Ineffectiveness is reported within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The effective portion of the cumulative gains or losses on cash flow hedges are reported within accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of June 30, 2013, the maximum length of time over which the Bancorp is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows is 32 months.

Reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to commercial and industrial loans are recorded within interest income while reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to long-term debt are recorded within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $29 million and $50 million, respectively, of deferred gains, net of tax, on cash flow hedges were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $12 million of net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income is expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to June 30, 2013.

During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no gains or losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings associated with the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because it was probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

The following table presents the net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income relating to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:

For the three months For the six months
ended June 30, ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Amount of net (loss) gain recognized in OCI

$ (2 ) 16 (1 ) 25

Amount of net gain reclassified from OCI into net income

10 21 31 41

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Risk Management and Other Business Purposes

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge changes in fair value of its largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio. Principal-only swaps hedge the mortgage-LIBOR spread because these swaps appreciate in value as a result of tightening spreads. Principal-only swaps also provide prepayment protection by increasing in value when prepayment speeds increase, as opposed to MSRs that lose value in a faster prepayment environment. Receive fixed/pay floating interest rate swaps and swaptions increase in value when interest rates do not increase as quickly as expected.

88


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts and mortgage options to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loan commitments that will be held for sale are also considered free-standing derivative instruments and the interest rate exposure on these commitments is economically hedged primarily with forward contracts. Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Additionally, as part of the Bancorp’s overall risk management strategy with respect to minimizing significant fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate and prepayment volatility , the Bancorp may enter into free-standing derivative instruments (options, swaptions and interest rate swaps). The gains and losses on these derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the sale of the Bancorp’s 51% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC, the Bancorp received warrants and issued put options, which are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. The put options expired as a result of the Vantiv, Inc. initial public offering in March of 2012. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of the warrants.

In conjunction with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009, the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. This total return swap is accounted for as a free-standing derivative. See Note 20 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of this instrument.

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management and other business purposes are summarized in the following table:

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of

Income Caption

For the

three months

For the

six months

ended
June 30,
ended
June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Interest rate contracts:

Forward contracts related to mortgage loans held for sale

Mortgage banking net revenue $ 174 (39 ) 171 17

Interest rate contracts related to MSR portfolio

Mortgage banking net revenue (30 ) 38 (37 ) 42

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

Other noninterest income 1 2

Foreign exchange contracts:

Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes

Other noninterest income 3 5

Equity contracts:

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

Other noninterest income 76 56 110 102

Put options associated with sale of the processing business

Other noninterest income 1

Swap associated with sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

Other noninterest income (5 ) (11 ) (12 ) (29 )

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Customer Accommodation

The majority of the free-standing derivative instruments the Bancorp enters into are for the benefit of its commercial customers. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. These instruments include foreign exchange derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and commodity contracts to hedge such items as natural gas and various other derivative contracts. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of customers by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, reputable, independent counterparties with substantially matching terms. The Bancorp hedges its interest rate exposure on commercial customer transactions by executing offsetting swap agreements with primary dealers. Revaluation gains and losses on interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and other commercial customer derivative contracts are recorded as a component of corporate banking revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bancorp enters into risk participation agreements, under which the Bancorp assumes credit exposure relating to certain underlying interest rate derivative contracts. The Bancorp only enters into these risk participation agreements in instances in which the Bancorp has participated in the loan that the underlying interest rate derivative contract was designed to hedge. The Bancorp will make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under the terms of the underlying interest rate derivative contract. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total notional amount of the risk participation agreements was $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, and the fair value was a liability of $2 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, which is included in interest rate contracts for customers. As of June 30, 2013, the risk participation agreements had an average life of 3.6 years.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the risk participation agreements is contingent on the fair value of the underlying interest rate derivative contracts in an asset position at the time of default. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with the underlying customers in the risk participation agreements through the same risk grading system currently utilized for establishing loss reserves in its loan and lease portfolio.

89


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Risk ratings of the notional amount of risk participation agreements under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

As of ($ in millions)

June 30,
2013
December 31,
2012

Pass

$ 1,063 993

Special mention

Substandard

16 13

Doubtful

Total

$ 1,079 1,006

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for customer accommodation are summarized in the following table:

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of Income Caption

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Interest rate contracts:

Interest rate contracts for customers (contract revenue)

Corporate banking revenue $ 9 8 14 14

Interest rate contracts for customers (credit losses)

Other noninterest expense (2 ) (3 )

Interest rate contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

Other noninterest expense 3 4 3

Interest rate lock commitments

Mortgage banking net revenue (58 ) 125 (2 ) 175

Commodity contracts:

Commodity contracts for customers (contract revenue)

Corporate banking revenue 2 3 4 5

Commodity contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

Other noninterest expense (1 ) 1 (1 )

Foreign exchange contracts:

Foreign exchange contracts - customers (contract revenue)

Corporate banking revenue 20 19 38 34

Foreign exchange contracts - customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

Other noninterest expense (1 ) (1 ) (1 ) 1

11. Offsetting Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bancorp’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA Master Agreements and similar arrangements, which include provisions governing the setoff of assets and liabilities between the parties. When the Bancorp has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, the setoff provisions contained within these agreements generally allow the non-defaulting party the right to reduce its liability to the defaulting party by amounts eligible for setoff, including the collateral received as well as eligible offsetting transactions with that counterparty, irrespective of the currency, place of payment, or booking office. The Bancorp’s policy is to present its derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for setoff are in place.

Collateral amounts included in the table below consist primarily of cash and highly-rated government-backed securities.

Amount
Recognized in the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet (a)
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Derivatives Collateral (b) Net Amount

Assets

Derivatives

$ 1,524 (356 ) (553 ) $ 615

Total assets

1,524 (356 ) (553 ) 615

Liabilities

Derivatives

836 (356 ) (321 ) 159

Total liabilities

$ 836 (356 ) (321 ) $ 159

90


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Amount
Recognized in  the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance  Sheet (a)
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Derivatives Collateral (b) Net Amount

Assets

Derivatives

$ 1,735 (291 ) (794 ) $ 650

Total assets

1,735 (291 ) (794 ) 650

Liabilities

Derivatives

915 (291 ) (505 ) 119

Total liabilities

$ 915 (291 ) (505 ) $ 119

(a) Amount does not include stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC and interest rate lock commitments because these instruments are not subject to master netting or similar arrangement.
(b) Amount of collateral received as an offset to asset positions or pledged as an offset to liability positions. Collateral values in excess of related derivative amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets were excluded from this table.

12. Long-Term Debt

On February 25, 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program. The amended global bank note program increased the Bank’s capacity to issue its senior and subordinated unsecured bank notes from $20 billion to $25 billion. Additionally, on February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes, with a maturity of five years, due on February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 basis points. These bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

13. Capital Actions

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares or approximately $100 million of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. At settlement of the forward contract on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares or approximately $125 million of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On March 19, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions (including without limitation, accelerated share repurchase contracts, equity forward transactions, equity option transactions, equity swap transactions, cap transactions, collar transactions, floor transactions or other similar transactions or any combination of the foregoing transactions). This share repurchase authorization replaces the Board’s previous authorization from August of 2012.

On May 21, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 25,035,519 shares, or approximately $539 million, of its outstanding common stock on May 24, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program previously announced on March 19, 2013. The Bancorp expects the settlement of the transaction to occur on or before October 21, 2013.

91


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion

On May 13, 2013, the Bancorp issued in a registered public offering 600,000 depositary shares, representing 24,000 shares of 5.10% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock, for net proceeds of $593 million. Each preferred share has a $25,000 liquidation preference. The preferred stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative, semi-annual basis, at an annual rate of 5.10% through but excluding June 30, 2023, at which time it converts to a quarterly floating rate dividend of three-month LIBOR plus 3.033%. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series H preferred shares at its option in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 30, 2023 and following a regulatory capital event at any time prior to June 30, 2023. The Series H preferred shares are not convertible into Bancorp common shares or any other securities. Under the 2013 CCAR, the Bancorp has $450 million of remaining preferred stock available for issuance as of June 30, 2013.

On June 11, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion into common stock, no par value, of all outstanding shares of the Bancorp’s 8.50% non-cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, Series G, which shares are represented by depositary shares each representing 1/250th of a share of Series G preferred stock, pursuant to the Amended Articles of Incorporation. The Articles grant the Bancorp the right, at its option, to convert all outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock if the closing price of common stock exceeded 130% of the applicable conversion price for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days. The closing price of shares of common stock satisfied such threshold for the 30 trading days ended June 10, 2013, and the Bancorp gave the required notice of its exercise of its conversion right. On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted all remaining outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock. For further information on the conversion, see Note 22.

92


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

14. Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, enters into financial instruments and various agreements to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Bancorp also enters into certain transactions and agreements to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks, provide funding, equipment and locations for its operations and invest in its communities. These instruments and agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk, counterparty risk and market risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The creditworthiness of counterparties for all instruments and agreements is evaluated on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Bancorp’s credit policies. The Bancorp’s significant commitments, contingent liabilities and guarantees in excess of the amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are discussed in further detail below:

Commitments

The Bancorp has certain commitments to make future payments under contracts. The following table reflects a summary of significant commitments as of:

June 30, December 31,

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Commitments to extend credit

$ 56,151 53,403

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

7,298 5,322

Letters of credit

4,043 4,281

Noncancelable lease obligations

758 769

Capital commitments for private equity investments

107 121

Purchase obligations

77 87

Capital expenditures

33 29

Capital lease obligations

22 24

Commitments to extend credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend, typically having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Bancorp is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for the amount of the contract. Fixed-rate commitments are also subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates and the Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of those commitments. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had a reserve for unfunded commitments, including letters of credit, totaling $166 million and $179 million, respectively, included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio.

Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

June 30, December 31,

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Pass

$ 55,539 52,812

Special mention

311 370

Substandard

301 221

Total

$ 56,151 53,403

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The outstanding notional amounts of these forward contracts are included in the summary of significant commitments table above for all periods presented.

Letters of credit

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and as summarized in the following table expire as of:

June 30,

($ in millions)

2013

Less than 1 year (a)

$ 1,703

1 - 5 years (a)

2,291

Over 5 years

49

Total

$ 4,043

(a) Includes $65 and $3 issued on behalf of commercial customers to facilitate trade payments in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies which expire less than one year and between one and five years, respectively.

Standby letters of credit accounted for 98% of total letters of credit at June 30, 2013 compared to 99% at December 31, 2012 and are considered guarantees in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Approximately 48% and 49% of the total standby letters of credit were fully secured as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In the event of nonperformance by the customers, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable

93


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

securities. The reserve related to these standby letters of credit, which was included in the total reserve for unfunded commitments, was $2 million at June 30, 2013 and $4 million at December 31, 2012. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with letters of credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio.

Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

June 30, December 31,

($ in millions)

2013 2012

Pass

$ 3,531 3,902

Special mention

209 129

Substandard

279 223

Doubtful

24 27

Total

$ 4,043 4,281

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had outstanding letters of credit that were supporting certain securities issued as VRDNs. The Bancorp facilitates financing for its commercial customers, which consist of companies and municipalities, by marketing the VRDNs to investors. The VRDNs pay interest to holders at a rate of interest that fluctuates based upon market demand. The VRDNs generally have long-term maturity dates, but can be tendered by the holder for purchase at par value upon proper advance notice. When the VRDNs are tendered, a remarketing agent generally finds another investor to purchase the VRDNs to keep the securities outstanding in the market. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, total VRDNs were $2.4 billion and $2.8 billion of which FTS acted as the remarketing agent to issuers on $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. As remarketing agent, FTS is responsible for finding purchasers for VRDNs that are put by investors. The Bancorp issued letters of credit, as a credit enhancement, on $1.8 billion and $2.0 billion to the VRDNs remarketed by FTS, in addition to $302 million and $345 million in VRDNs remarketed by third parties at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These letters of credit are included in the total letters of credit balance provided in the previous table.

Noncancelable lease obligations and other commitments

The Bancorp’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of noncancelable lease agreements. The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable lease agreements are shown in the summary of significant commitments table. The Bancorp has also entered into a limited number of agreements for work related to banking center construction and to purchase goods or services.

Contingent Liabilities

Private mortgage reinsurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $42 million at June 30, 2013 and $58 million at December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $15 million and $18 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. During 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans.

Legal claims

There are legal claims pending against the Bancorp and its subsidiaries that have arisen in the normal course of business. See Note 15 for additional information regarding these proceedings.

Guarantees

The Bancorp has performance obligations upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees provided in certain contractual arrangements as discussed in the following sections.

Residential mortgage loans sold with representation and warranty provisions

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty provisions. A contractual liability arises only in the event of a breach of these representations and warranties and, in general, only when a loss results from the breach. The Bancorp may be required to repurchase any previously sold loan or indemnify (make whole) the investor or insurer for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading.

The Bancorp establishes a residential mortgage repurchase reserve related to various representations and warranties that reflects management’s estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. The Bancorp’s estimation process requires management to make subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, such as, future demand expectations, economic factors and the specific characteristics of the loans subject to repurchase. Such factors incorporate historical investor audit and repurchase demand rates, appeals success rates, historical loss severity, and any additional information obtained from the GSEs regarding future mortgage repurchase and file request criteria. At the time of a loan sale, the Bancorp records a representation and warranty reserve at the estimated fair value of the Bancorp’s guarantee and continually updates the reserve during the life of the loan as losses in excess of the reserve become probable and reasonably estimable. The provision for the estimated fair value of the representation and warranty guarantee arising from the loan sales is recorded as an adjustment to the gain on sale, which is included in noninterest income at the time of sale. Updates to the reserve are recorded in other noninterest expense.

94


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with representation and warranty provisions, which were included in other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaling $117 million and $110 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp uses the best information available to it in estimating its mortgage representation and warranty reserve; however, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, losses in excess of the amounts accrued as of June 30, 2013, are reasonably possible. The Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to mortgage representation and warranty provisions in an amount up to approximately $78 million in excess of amounts reserved. This estimate was derived by modifying the key assumptions discussed above to reflect management’s judgment regarding reasonably possible adverse changes to those assumptions. The actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the recorded mortgage representation and warranty reserve or this estimate of reasonably possibly losses, depending on the outcome of various factors, including those noted above.

The following table summarizes activity in the reserve for representation and warranty provisions:

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Balance, beginning of period

$ 112 55 110 55

Net additions to the reserve

18 15 37 29

Losses charged against the reserve

(13 ) (13 ) (30 ) (27 )

Balance, end of period

$ 117 57 117 57

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved demands by claimant type for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

GSE Private Label

($ in millions)

Units Dollars Units Dollars

Balance, beginning of period

294 $ 48 124 $ 19

New demands

954 129 153 2

Loan paydowns/payoffs

(7 ) (2 ) (7 ) (1 )

Resolved demands

(907 ) (128 ) (233 ) (14 )

Balance, end of period

334 $ 47 37 $ 6

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved demands by claimant type for the six months ended June 30, 2012:

GSE Private Label

($ in millions)

Units Dollars Units Dollars

Balance, beginning of period

328 $ 47 109 $ 19

New demands

1,546 207 119 3

Loan paydowns/payoffs

(22 ) (3 )

Resolved demands

(1,385 ) (172 ) (111 ) (4 )

Balance, end of period

467 $ 79 117 $ 18

Residential mortgage loans sold with credit recourse

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $586 million and $662 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and the delinquency rates were 4.7% and 5.9% at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $21 million and $20 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Margin accounts

FTS, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, guarantees the collection of all margin account balances held by its brokerage clearing agent for the benefit of its customers. FTS is responsible for payment to its brokerage clearing agent for any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense incurred as a result of customers failing to comply with margin or margin maintenance calls on all margin accounts. The margin account balance held by the brokerage clearing agent was $11 million and $17 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In the event of any customer default, FTS has rights to the underlying collateral provided. Given the existence of the underlying collateral provided and negligible historical credit losses, the Bancorp does not maintain a loss reserve related to the margin accounts.

95


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Long-term borrowing obligations

The Bancorp had certain fully and unconditionally guaranteed long-term borrowing obligations issued by wholly-owned issuing trust entities of $812 million at June 30, 2013.

Visa litigation

The Bancorp, as a member bank of Visa prior to Visa’s reorganization and IPO (the “IPO”) of its Class A common shares in 2008, had certain indemnification obligations pursuant to Visa’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and in accordance with their membership agreements. In accordance with Visa’s by-laws prior to the IPO, the Bancorp could have been required to indemnify Visa for the Bancorp’s proportional share of losses based on the pre-IPO membership interests. As part of its reorganization and IPO, the Bancorp’s indemnification obligation was modified to include only certain known litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) as of the date of the restructuring. This modification triggered a requirement to recognize a $3 million liability for the year ended December 31, 2007 equal to the fair value of the indemnification obligation. Additionally during 2007, the Bancorp recorded $169 million for its share of litigation formally settled by Visa and for probable future litigation settlements. In conjunction with the IPO, the Bancorp received 10.1 million of Visa’s Class B shares based on the Bancorp’s membership percentage in Visa prior to the IPO. The Class B shares are not transferable (other than to another member bank) until the later of the third anniversary of the IPO closing or the date which the Covered Litigation has been resolved; therefore, the Bancorp’s Class B shares were classified in other assets and accounted for at their carryover basis of $0. Visa deposited $3 billion of the proceeds from the IPO into a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation. If Visa’s litigation committee determines that the escrow account is insufficient, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares and deposit the proceeds from the sale of the shares into the litigation escrow account. When Visa funds the litigation escrow account, the Class B shares are subject to dilution through an adjustment in the conversion rate of Class B shares into Class A shares. During 2008, the Bancorp recorded additional reserves of $71 million for probable future settlements related to the Covered Litigation and recorded its proportional share of $169 million of the Visa escrow account net against the Bancorp’s litigation reserve.

During 2009, Visa announced it had deposited an additional $700 million into the litigation escrow account. As a result of this funding, the Bancorp recorded its proportional share of $29 million of these additional funds as a reduction to its net Visa litigation reserve liability and a reduction to noninterest expense. Later in 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares for proceeds of $300 million. As part of this transaction the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. The swap terminates on the later of the third anniversary of Visa’s IPO or the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The Bancorp calculates the fair value of the swap based on its estimate of the probability and timing of certain Covered Litigation settlement scenarios and the resulting payments related to the swap. The counterparty to the swap as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares will be impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares caused by any Covered Litigation losses in excess of the litigation escrow account. If actual judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation significantly exceed current expectations, then additional funding by Visa of the litigation escrow account and the resulting dilution of the Class B shares could result in a scenario where the Bancorp’s ultimate exposure associated with the Covered Litigation (the “Visa Litigation Exposure”) exceeds the value of the Class B shares owned by the swap counterparty (the “Class B Value”). In the event the Bancorp concludes that it is probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure exceeds the Class B Value, the Bancorp would record a litigation reserve liability and a corresponding amount of other noninterest expense for the amount of the excess. Any such litigation reserve liability would be separate and distinct from the fair value derivative liability associated with the total return swap.

As of the date of the Bancorp’s sale of Visa Class B shares and through June 30, 2013, the Bancorp has concluded that it is not probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure will exceed the Class B value. Based on this determination, upon the sale of Class B shares, the Bancorp reversed its net Visa litigation reserve liability and recognized a free-standing derivative liability associated with the total return swap with an initial fair value of $55 million. The sale of the Class B shares, recognition of the derivative liability and reversal of the net litigation reserve liability resulted in a pre-tax benefit of $288 million ($187 million after-tax) recognized by the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009. In the second and fourth quarters of 2010, Visa funded an additional $500 million and $800 million, respectively, into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make cash payments of $20 million and $35 million, respectively, (each of which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. In the second quarter of 2011, Visa funded an additional $400 million in to the litigation escrow account. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the second quarter of 2011, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $19 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. During the fourth quarter of 2011, Visa announced it decided to fund an additional $1.565 billion into the litigation escrow account which increased the swap liability approximately $54 million. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the first quarter of 2012, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $75 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. On July 24, 2012, Visa funded an additional $150 million into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $6 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty during the quarter ended September 30, 2012. The fair value of the swap liability was $37 million and $33 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Refer to Note 15 for further information.

96


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

15. Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

During April 2006, the Bancorp was added as a defendant in a consolidated antitrust class action lawsuit originally filed against Visa ® , MasterCard ® and several other major financial institutions in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The plaintiffs, merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S. and trade associations, claim that the interchange fees charged by card-issuing banks are unreasonable and seek injunctive relief and unspecified damages. In addition to being a named defendant, the Bancorp is also subject to a possible indemnification obligation of Visa as discussed in Note 14 and has also entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa, MasterCard and certain other named defendants. On October 19, 2012, the parties to the litigation entered into a settlement agreement. The court entered a Class Settlement Preliminary Approval Order on November 27, 2012. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Bancorp paid $46 million into a class settlement escrow account. Previously, the Bancorp paid an additional $4 million in another settlement escrow in connection with the settlement of claims from plaintiffs not included in the class action. More than 7,900 class members requested exclusion from the class settlement. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, 25% of the funds paid into the class settlement escrow account will be returned to the control of defendants through Class Exclusion Takedown Payments. A number of the class members who requested exclusion have filed separate lawsuits against Visa, MasterCard and certain other defendants alleging similar claims of antitrust violations. These lawsuits have been tentatively transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. Fifth Third is not a named defendant in these lawsuits, but may have obligations pursuant to indemnification and/or the judgment or loss sharing agreements noted above. Refer to Note 14 for further information.

In September 2007, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (Katz) filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and its Ohio banking subsidiary. In the suit, Katz alleges that the Bancorp and its Ohio bank are infringing on Katz’s patents for interactive call processing technology by offering certain automated telephone banking and other services. This lawsuit is one of many related patent infringement suits brought by Katz in various courts against numerous other defendants. Katz is seeking unspecified monetary damages and penalties as well as injunctive relief in the suit. Management believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, five putative securities class action complaints were filed against the Bancorp and its Chief Executive Officer, among other parties. The five cases have been consolidated under the caption Local 295/Local 851 IBT Employer Group Pension Trust and Welfare Fund v. Fifth Third Bancorp. et al., Case No. 1:08CV00421, and are currently pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. On December 18, 2012, the Bancorp entered into a settlement agreement to resolve these cases. The settlement is subject to court approval, which process is ongoing. Under the terms of the settlement, the Bancorp and its insurer will pay a total of $16 million to a fund to settle all the claims of the class members. In the settlement the Bancorp has denied any liability and has agreed to the settlement in order to avoid potential future litigation costs and uncertainty. The Bancorp does not consider the impact of the settlement to be material to its financial condition or results of operations. In addition to the foregoing, two cases were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and certain officers alleging violations of ERISA based on allegations similar to those set forth in the securities class action cases filed during the same period of time. The two cases alleging violations of ERISA were dismissed by the trial court, but the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals recently reversed the trial court decision. The Bancorp petitioned the Supreme Court to review and reverse the Sixth Circuit decision and sought a stay of proceedings in the trial court pending appeal. On March 25, 2013, the Supreme Court issued an order directing the Solicitor General to file a brief stating the view of the United States on the issues raised in the Fifth Third’s petition. The motion to stay remains pending. The impact of the final disposition of the ERISA lawsuits cannot be assessed at this time.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are not parties to any other material litigation. However, there are other litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, management believes any resulting liability from these other actions would not have a material effect upon the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Bancorp and/or its affiliates are involved in information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities, as well as self-regulatory bodies regarding their respective businesses. Additional matters will arise from time to time. Any of these matters may result in material adverse consequences to the Bancorp, its affiliates and/or their respective officers and other personnel, including adverse judgments, findings, settlements, fines, penalties, orders, injunctions or other actions, amendments and/or restatements of the Bancorp’s SEC filings and/or financial statements, as applicable, and/or determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures. Investigations by regulatory authorities may from time to time result in civil or criminal referrals to law enforcement authorities such as the Department of Justice or a United States Attorney. Among other matters, the SEC is investigating and has made several requests for information, including by subpoena and interviews of certain of our current and former officers, including our senior officers, and employees and others, relating to historical accounting and reporting with respect to certain commercial loans that were sold or reclassified as held-for-sale in the fourth quarter of 2008. This could lead to enforcement proceedings by the SEC which, in turn, may result in one or more such material adverse consequences.

The Bancorp is party to numerous claims and lawsuits concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. The following factors, among others, contribute to this lack of predictability: plaintiff claims often include significant legal uncertainties, damages alleged by plaintiffs are often unspecified or overstated, discovery may not have started or may not be complete and material facts may be disputed or unsubstantiated. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp is not always able to provide an estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes for each claim. A reserve for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such reserve is adjusted from time to time thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in

97


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

circumstances. The Bancorp also determines, when possible (due to the uncertainties described above), estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of reasonably possible losses, in excess of amounts reserved. Under U.S. GAAP, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the Bancorp is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the Bancorp believes the risk of loss is more than slight. For matters where the Bancorp is able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, the Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to legal proceedings including the matters discussed above in an aggregate amount up to approximately $88 million in excess of amounts reserved, with it also being reasonably possible that no losses will be incurred in these matters. The estimates included in this amount are based on the Bancorp’s analysis of currently available information, and as new information is obtained the Bancorp may change its estimates.

For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established reserve that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Bancorp believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the Bancorp and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Bancorp’s results of operations for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the size of the loss or liability imposed and the operating results for the applicable period.

16. Related Party Transactions

The Bancorp’s ownership position in Vantiv Holding, LLC was reduced in the second quarter of 2013 when the Bancorp sold an approximate five percent interest and recognized a $242 million gain. The Bancorp’s remaining approximate 28% ownership in Vantiv Holding, LLC was accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and had a carrying value of $448 million as of June 30, 2013.

As of June 30, 2013, the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 53.8 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 53.8 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Bancorp sold additional shares of Vantiv, Inc. For additional information, see Note 22.

17. Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s provision for income taxes was $250 million and $180 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The provision for income taxes was $429 million and $352 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were 29.7% and 31.8%, respectively. The effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were 30.0% and 30.2%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the three months ended June 30, 2013 from the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to a non-cash charge recognized during the second quarter of 2012 related to previously recognized tax benefits associated with stock-based awards that were not realized. The Bancorp recognized a similar non-cash charge during the first quarter of 2013.

The Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits decreased from $17 million at March 31, 2013 to $6 million at June 30, 2013 as a result of settling certain outstanding tax disputes during the second quarter of 2013. While it is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits with respect to certain of the Bancorp’s uncertain tax positions could increase or decrease during the next 12 months, the Bancorp believes it is unlikely that its unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months.

98


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The activity of the components of other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

Total Other
Comprehensive Income
Total Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income

($ in millions)

Pretax
Activity
Tax
Effect
Net
Activity
Beginning
Balance
Net
Activity
Ending
Balance

2013

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

$ (380 ) 133 (247 )

Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income

58 (20 ) 38

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

(322 ) 113 (209 ) 412 (209 ) 203

Unrealized holding losses on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

(1 ) (1 )

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income

(31 ) 11 (20 )

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

(32 ) 11 (21 ) 50 (21 ) 29

Defined benefit plans:

Net actuarial loss

6 (2 ) 4

Defined benefit plans, net

6 (2 ) 4 (87 ) 4 (83 )

Total

$ (348 ) 122 (226 ) 375 (226 ) 149

Total Other Total Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income Comprehensive Income
Pretax Tax Net Beginning Net Ending

($ in millions)

Activity Effect Activity Balance Activity Balance

2012

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

$ (4 ) 1 (3 )

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

(10 ) 4 (6 )

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

(14 ) 5 (9 ) 485 (9 ) 476

Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

25 (9 ) 16

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income

(41 ) 14 (27 )

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

(16 ) 5 (11 ) 80 (11 ) 69

Defined benefit plans:

Net actuarial loss

7 (3 ) 4

Defined benefit plans, net

7 (3 ) 4 (95 ) 4 (91 )

Total

$ (23 ) 7 (16 ) 470 (16 ) 454

99


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

The table below presents reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

Components of AOCI: ($ in millions)

Amount Reclassified
from AOCI (b)

Affected Line Item in the Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Income

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

Net losses included in net income

$ (58 ) Securities gains, net

(58 ) Income before income taxes
20 Applicable income tax expense

(38 ) Net income

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

Interest rate contracts related to C&I loans

32 Interest and fees on loans and leases

Interest rate contracts related to long-term debt

(1 ) Interest on long-term debt

31 Income before income taxes
(11 ) Applicable income tax expense

20 Net income

Amortization of defined benefit pension items

Net actuarial loss

(6 ) (a)

(6 ) Income before income taxes
2 Applicable income tax expense

(4 ) Net income

Total reclassifications for the period

$ (22 ) Net income

(a) This AOCI component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. Refer to Note 20 in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for information on the computation of net periodic benefit cost.
(b) Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to net income.

100


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

19. Earnings Per Share

The calculation of earnings per share and the reconciliation of earnings per share and earnings per diluted share were as follows:

2013 2012

For the three months ended June 30,

(in millions, except per share data)

Income Average
Shares
Per Share
Amount
Income Average
Shares
Per Share
Amount

Earnings per share:

Net income attributable to Bancorp

$ 591 385

Dividends on preferred stock

9 9

Net income available to common shareholders

582 376

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

4 3

Net income allocated to common shareholders

$ 578 859 0.67 373 914 0.41

Earnings per diluted share:

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 582 376

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock-based awards

6 5

Series G convertible preferred stock

9 36 (0.02 ) 9 36 (0.01 )

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

591 385

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

4 3

Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

$ 587 901 0.65 382 955 0.40

2013 2012

For the six months ended June 30,

(in millions, except per share data)

Income Average
Shares
Per Share
Amount
Income Average
Shares
Per Share
Amount

Earnings per share:

Net income attributable to Bancorp

$ 1,013 815

Dividends on preferred stock

18 18

Net income available to common shareholders

995 797

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

7 5

Net income allocated to common shareholders

$ 988 865 1.14 792 914 0.87

Earnings per diluted share:

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 995 797

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock-based awards

6 6

Series G convertible preferred stock

18 36 (0.03 ) 18 36 (0.02 )

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

1,013 815

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

7 5

Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

$ 1,006 907 1.11 810 956 0.85

Shares are excluded from the computation of net income per diluted share when their inclusion has an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 excludes 25 million and 26 million, respectively, of stock appreciation rights and an immaterial amount of stock options for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2 million of stock options for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 excludes 39 million and 34 million, respectively, of stock appreciation rights, 5 million and 6 million, respectively, of stock options and 3 million and 2 million shares, respectively, of unvested restricted stock that had not yet been exercised.

The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 excludes the impact of the forward contract related to the May 21, 2013 share repurchase agreement. Based upon the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the second quarter of 2013, the counterparty to the transaction would have been required to deliver approximately 5 million shares as of June 30, 2013, and thus the impact of the accelerated share repurchase transaction would have been anti-dilutive to earnings per share.

101


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

20. Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy, see Note 1 in the Bancorp’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the Bancorp has elected the fair value option as of:

Fair Value Measurements Using

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Level 1 (c) Level 2 (c) Level 3 Total Fair Value

Assets:

Available-for-sale securities:

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

$ 26 26

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

1,758 1,758

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

205 205

Agency mortgage-backed securities

9,663 9,663

Other bonds, notes and debentures

3,548 3,548

Other securities (a)

86 56 142

Available-for-sale securities (a)

112 15,230 15,342

Trading securities:

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

18 18

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

10 1 11

Agency mortgage-backed securities

7 7

Other bonds, notes and debentures

11 11

Other securities

172 172

Trading securities

172 46 1 219

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

2,113 2,113

Residential mortgage loans (b)

83 83

Derivative assets:

Interest rate contracts

185 984 7 1,176

Foreign exchange contracts

257 257

Equity contracts

287 287

Commodity contracts

8 90 98

Derivative assets

193 1,331 294 1,818

Total assets

$ 477 18,720 378 19,575

Liabilities:

Derivative liabilities:

Interest rate contracts

$ 26 457 37 520

Foreign exchange contracts

215 215

Equity contracts

37 37

Commodity contracts

18 81 99

Derivative liabilities

44 753 74 871

Short positions

18 3 21

Total liabilities

$ 62 756 74 892

102


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Fair Value Measurements Using

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Level 1 (c) Level 2 (c) Level 3 Total Fair Value

Assets:

Available-for-sale securities:

U.S. Treasury and Government agencies

$ 41 41

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

1,911 1,911

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

212 212

Agency mortgage-backed securities

8,730 8,730

Other bonds, notes and debentures

3,277 3,277

Other securities (a)

79 113 192

Available-for-sale securities (a)

120 14,243 14,363

Trading securities:

U.S. Treasury and Government agencies

1 1

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

6 6

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

16 1 17

Agency mortgage-backed securities

7 7

Other bonds, notes and debentures

15 15

Other securities

161 161

Trading securities

162 44 1 207

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

2,856 2,856

Residential mortgage loans (b)

76 76

Derivative assets:

Interest rate contracts

2 1,445 60 1,507

Foreign exchange contracts

201 201

Equity contracts

177 177

Commodity contracts

87 87

Derivative assets

2 1,733 237 1,972

Total assets

$ 284 18,876 314 19,474

Liabilities:

Derivative liabilities:

Interest rate contracts

$ 14 600 3 617

Foreign exchange contracts

183 183

Equity contracts

33 33

Commodity contracts

82 82

Derivative liabilities

14 865 36 915

Short positions

8 2 10

Total liabilities

$ 22 867 36 925

(a) Excludes FHLB and FRB restricted stock totaling $497 and $348 , respectively, at June 30, 2013 and $497 and $347, respectively, at December 31, 2012.
(b) Includes residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale and subsequently transferred to held for investment.
(c) During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, no assets or liabilities were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Available-for-sale and trading securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds. Corporate bonds are included in other bonds, notes and debentures in the previous table. Agency mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds are generally valued using a market approach based on observable prices of securities with similar characteristics.

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, which are included in other bonds, notes and debentures, are generally valued using an income approach based on discounted cash flows, incorporating prepayment speeds, performance of underlying collateral and specific tranche-level attributes. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

For residential mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, DCF models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities

103


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

with similar collateral and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effect of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are valued based on mortgage backed securities prices are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as the valuation is based on external pricing for similar instruments. ARM loans classified as held for sale are also classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy due to the use of observable inputs in the DCF model. These observable inputs include interest rate spreads from agency mortgage-backed securities market rates and observable discount rates.

Residential mortgage loans

Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are reclassified to held for investment are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. It is the Bancorp’s policy to value any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on end of period fair values.

For residential mortgage loans reclassified from held for sale to held for investment, the fair value estimation is based on mortgage-backed securities prices, interest rate risk and an internally developed credit component. Therefore, these loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the loss rate or severity assumption would result in a decrease in fair value of the related loan. The Secondary Marketing Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Operating Officer, in conjunction with the Consumer Credit Risk Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for residential mortgage loans held for investment. The Secondary Marketing Department reviews loss severity assumptions quarterly to determine if adjustments are necessary based on decreases in observable housing market data. This group also reviews trades in comparable benchmark securities and adjusts the values of loans as necessary. Consumer Credit Risk is responsible for the credit component of the fair value which is based on internally developed loss rate models that take into account historical loss rates and loss severities based on underlying collateral values.

Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives valued using quoted prices and certain over-the-counter derivatives valued using active bids are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Most of the Bancorp’s derivative contracts are valued using discounted cash flow or other models that incorporate current market interest rates, credit spreads assigned to the derivative counterparties and other market parameters and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives include basic and structured interest rate swaps and options. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, derivatives classified as Level 3, which are valued using models containing unobservable inputs, consisted primarily of warrants associated with the sale of the Bancorp’s 51% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC to Advent International and a total return swap associated with the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Level 3 derivatives also include interest rate lock commitments, which utilize internally generated loan closing rate assumptions as a significant unobservable input in the valuation process.

The warrants allow the Bancorp to purchase approximately 20 million incremental nonvoting units in Vantiv Holding, LLC under certain defined conditions involving change of control. The fair value of the warrants is calculated in conjunction with a third party valuation provider by applying Black-Scholes option valuation models using probability weighted scenarios which contain the following inputs: Vantiv, Inc. stock price, strike price per the Warrant Agreement and several unobservable inputs, such as expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend rate.

For the warrants, an increase in the expected term (years) and the expected volatility assumptions would result in an increase in the fair value; correspondingly, a decrease in these assumptions would result in a decrease in the fair value. The Accounting and Treasury Departments, both of which report to the Bancorp’s Chief Financial Officer, determined the valuation methodology for the warrants. Accounting and Treasury review changes in fair value on a quarterly basis for reasonableness based on changes in historical and implied volatilities, expected terms, probability weightings of the related scenarios, and other assumptions.

Under the terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Visa, Inc. Class B shares into Class A shares. Additionally the Bancorp will make a quarterly payment based on Visa’s stock price and the conversion rate of the Visa, Inc. Class B shares into Class A shares until the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The fair value of the total return swap was calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs consisting of management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, the timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation and Visa litigation loss estimates in excess, or shortfall, of the Bancorp’s proportional share of escrow funds.

An increase in the loss estimate or a delay in the resolution of the Covered Litigation would result in an increase in fair value; correspondingly, a decrease in the loss estimate or an acceleration of the resolution of the Covered Litigation would result in a decrease in fair value. The Accounting and Treasury Departments determined the valuation methodology for the total return swap. Accounting and Treasury review the changes in fair value on a quarterly basis for reasonableness based on Visa stock price changes, litigation contingencies, and escrow funding.

The net fair value liability of the interest rate lock commitments at June 30, 2013 was $28 million. Immediate decreases in current interest rates of 25 bps and 50 bps would result in changes in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of approximately $31 million and $59 million, respectively. Immediate increases of current interest rates of 25 bps and 50 bps would result in changes in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of approximately $32 million and $64 million, respectively. The change in fair value of interest rate lock commitments due to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be approximately $3 million and $6 million, respectively, and the change in fair value due to immediate 10% and 20% favorable changes in the assumed loan closing rates would

104


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

be approximately $3 million and $6 million, respectively. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution, as changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear.

The Secondary Marketing Department and the Consumer Line of Business Finance Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Financial Officer, are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for IRLCs. Secondary Marketing, in conjunction with a third party valuation provider, periodically review loan closing rate assumptions and recent loan sales to determine if adjustments are needed for current market conditions not reflected in historical data.

The following tables are a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)

For the three months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Trading
Securities
Residential
Mortgage
Loans
Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Total
Fair Value

Beginning balance

$ 1 81 48 174 304

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

Included in earnings

(2 ) (57 ) 71 12

Settlements

(4 ) (21 ) 5 (20 )

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

8 8

Ending balance

$ 1 83 (30 ) 250 304

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013 (c)

$ (2 ) (27 ) 71 42

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

Trading
Securities
Residential
Mortgage
Loans
Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Total
Fair Value

Beginning balance

$ 1 67 17 135 220

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

Included in earnings

125 45 170

Settlements

(3 ) (88 ) 4 (87 )

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

12 12

Ending balance

$ 1 76 54 184 315

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012 (c)

$ 54 45 99

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

For the six months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

Trading
Securities
Residential
Mortgage
Loans
Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Total
Fair Value

Beginning balance

$ 1 76 57 144 278

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

Included in earnings

(1 ) (1 ) 98 96

Settlements

(7 ) (86 ) 8 (85 )

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

15 15

Ending balance

$ 1 83 (30 ) 250 304

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013 (c)

$ (1 ) 23 98 120

105


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

Trading
Securities
Residential
Mortgage
Loans
Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
Total
Fair Value

Beginning balance

$ 1 65 32 32 $ 130

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

Included in earnings

175 74 249

Settlements

(6 ) (153 ) 78 (81 )

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

17 17

Ending balance

$ 1 76 54 184 $ 315

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012 (c)

$ 71 74 $ 145

(a) Net interest rate derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $7 and $37 , respectively, as of June 30, 2013 and $55 and $1, respectively, as of June 30, 2012. Net equity derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $287 and $37 , respectively, as of June 30, 2013 , and $214 and $30, respectively, as of June 30, 2012.
(b) Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale that were transferred to held for investment
(c) Includes interest income and expense.

The total gains and losses included in earnings for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Mortgage banking net revenue

$ (59 ) 125 (2 ) 175

Other noninterest income

71 45 98 74

Total gains

$ 12 170 96 249

The total gains and losses included in earnings attributable to changes in unrealized gains and losses related to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held at June 30, 2013 and 2012 were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

For the three months
ended June 30,
For the six months
ended June 30,

($ in millions)

2013 2012 2013 2012

Mortgage banking net revenue

$ (29 ) 54 22 71

Other noninterest income

71 45 98 74

Total gains

$ 42 99 120 145

The following tables present information as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 about significant unobservable inputs related to the Bancorp’s material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Financial Instrument

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted-
Average

Residential mortgage loans

$ 83 Loss rate model Interest rate risk factor Credit risk factor
(22.1) - 45.6%
0 - 67.0%


3.8%
3.3%

IRLCs, net

(28 ) Discounted cash flow Loan closing rates 9.9 - 95.0% 63.0%

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

287 Black-Scholes option valuation model Expected term (years) Expected volatility (a) Expected dividend rate

2.00 - 16.0
23.8 - 34.7%




5.1
28.9%


Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

(37 ) Discounted cash flow Timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation

3/31/2014 -

3/31/2017


NM

106


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Financial Instrument

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted-
Average

Residential mortgage loans

$ 76 Loss rate model Interest rate risk factor Credit risk factor
(90.8) - 16.5%
2.2 - 68.4%


5.5%
4.4%

IRLCs, net

54 Discounted cash flow Loan closing rates 9.9 - 86.9% 54.0%

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

213 Black-Scholes option valuation model Expected term (years) Expected volatility (a) Expected dividend rate

1.75 - 17.0
29.0 - 41.2%




4.8
35.4%


Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

(29 ) Discounted cash flow Timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation
6/30/13 -
6/30/15

NM

(a) Based on historical and implied volatilities of comparable companies assuming similar expected terms.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment.

The following tables represent those assets that were subject to fair value adjustments during the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and still held as of the end of the period, and the related gains and losses from fair value adjustments on assets sold during the period as well as assets still held as of the end of the period.

Fair Value Measurements Using Total (Losses) Gains Total (Losses) Gains

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total For the three  months
ended June 30, 2013
For the six months
ended June 30, 2013

Commercial loans held for sale (a)

$ 2 2 (1 ) (5 )

Commercial and industrial loans

83 83 (25 ) (31 )

Commercial mortgage loans

35 35 (8 ) (25 )

Commercial construction loans

8 8 (2 ) (2 )

MSRs

894 894 102 151

OREO property

112 112 (7 ) (29 )

Total

$ 1,134 1,134 59 59

Fair Value Measurements Using Total Losses Total Losses

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total For the three months
ended June 30, 2012
For the six months
ended June 30, 2012

Commercial loans held for sale (a)

$ 8 8 (5 ) (6 )

Commercial and industrial loans

77 77 (25 ) (56 )

Commercial mortgage loans

95 95 (16 ) (29 )

Commercial construction loans

26 26 (5 ) (16 )

MSRs

736 736 (60 ) (49 )

OREO property

134 134 (22 ) (45 )

Total

$ 1,076 1,076 (133 ) (201 )

(a) Includes commercial nonaccrual loans held for sale.

The following tables present information as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 about significant unobservable inputs related to the Bancorp’s material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis:

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Financial Instrument

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted-Average

Commercial loans held for sale

$ 2 Appraised value

Appraised value

Cost to sell


NM

NM



NM

10.0%


Commercial and industrial loans

83 Appraised value

Default rates

Collateral value


100%

NM



NM

NM


Commercial mortgage loans

35 Appraised value

Default rates

Collateral value


100%

NM



NM

NM


Commercial construction loans

8 Appraised value

Default rates

Collateral value


100%

NM



NM

NM


Mortgage servicing rights

894 Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed 0 - 100%

(Fixed) 11.8%

(Adjustable) 25.9%


Discount rates 9.4 - 18.0%

(Fixed) 10.4%

(Adjustable) 11.6%


OREO property

112 Appraised value Appraised value NM NM

107


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

Financial Instrument

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted-Average

Commercial loans held for sale

$ 8 Discounted cash flow

Appraised value

Cost to sell


NM

NM



NM

10.0%


Commercial and industrial loans

77 Discounted cash flow

Default rates

Collateral value


100%

NM



NM

NM


Commercial mortgage loans

95 Discounted cash flow

Default rates

Collateral value


100%

NM



NM

NM


Commercial construction loans

26 Discounted cash flow

Default rates

Collateral value


100%

NM



NM

NM


Mortgage servicing rights

736 Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed 0 -100%

(Fixed) 15.2%

(Adjustable) 27.1%


Discount rates 9.4 - 18.0%

(Fixed) 10.6%

(Adjustable) 11.7%


OREO property

134 Appraised value Appraised value NM NM

Commercial loans held for sale

The Bancorp transferred $2 million and $5 million of commercial loans from the portfolio to loans held for sale that upon transfer were measured at fair value during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. These loans had immaterial fair value adjustments during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and $4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and were generally based on appraisals of the underlying collateral. Additionally, there were fair value adjustments on existing loans held for sale of $1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. The fair value adjustments are also based on appraisals of the underlying collateral and were therefore classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the fair value of the underlying collateral would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. The Accounting Department determines the procedures for valuation of commercial HFS loans which may include a comparison to recently executed transactions of similar type loans. A monthly review of the portfolio is performed for reasonableness. Quarterly, appraisals approaching a year-old are updated and the Real Estate Valuation group, which reports to the Chief Credit Officer, in conjunction with the Commercial Line of Business review the third party appraisals for reasonableness. Additionally, the Commercial Line of Business Finance Department, which reports to the Bancorp Chief Financial Officer, in conjunction with Accounting review all loan appraisal values, carry values and vintages.

Commercial loans held for investment

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring impairment adjustments to certain commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans held for investment. Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan structure and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. When the loan is collateral dependent, the fair value of the loan is generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and therefore these loans were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the fair value of the underlying collateral would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values and recognized impairment losses are reflected in the previous table. Commercial Credit Risk, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for preparing and reviewing the fair value estimates for commercial loans held for investment.

MSRs

MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, the Bancorp estimates the fair value of MSRs using internal discounted cash flow models with certain unobservable inputs, primarily prepayment speed assumptions, discount rates and weighted average lives, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Refer to Note 9 for further information on the assumptions used in the valuation of the Bancorp’s MSRs. The Secondary Marketing Department and Treasury Department are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for MSRs. Representatives from Secondary Marketing, Treasury, Accounting and Risk Management are responsible for reviewing key assumptions used in the internal discounted cash flow model. Two external valuations of the MSR portfolio are obtained from third parties that use valuation models in order to assess the reasonableness of the internal discounted cash flow model. Additionally, the Bancorp participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of key assumptions utilized in the MSR valuation process and the resulting MSR prices.

OREO

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO and measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value. These nonrecurring losses are primarily due to declines in real estate values of the properties recorded in OREO. These losses include $2 million and $15 million in losses, recorded as charge-offs, on new OREO properties transferred from loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and $3 million and $9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. These losses also include $5 million and $14 million in losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and $19 million and $36 million in losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively, recorded in other noninterest income, attributable to fair value adjustments on

108


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

OREO properties subsequent to their transfer from loans. As discussed in the following paragraphs, the fair value amounts are generally based on appraisals of the property values, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. The previous tables reflect the fair value measurements of the properties before deducting the estimated costs to sell.

The Real Estate Valuation department, which reports to the Chief Credit Officer, is solely responsible for managing the appraisal process and evaluating the appraisal for all for commercial properties transferred to OREO. All appraisals on commercial OREO properties are updated on at least an annual basis.

The Real Estate Valuation department reviews the BPO data and internal market information to determine the initial charge-off on residential real estate loans transferred to OREO. Once the foreclosure process is completed, the Bancorp performs an interior inspection to update the initial fair value of the property. These properties are reviewed at least every 30 days after the initial interior inspections are completed. The Asset Manager receives a monthly status report for each property which includes the number of showings, recently sold properties, current comparable listings and overall market conditions.

Fair Value Option

The Bancorp elected to measure certain residential mortgage loans held for sale under the fair value option as allowed under U.S. GAAP. Electing to measure residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets. Management’s intent to sell residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale may change over time due to such factors as changes in the overall liquidity in markets or changes in characteristics specific to certain loans held for sale. Consequently, these loans may be reclassified to loans held for investment and maintained in the Bancorp’s loan portfolio. In such cases, the loans will continue to be measured at fair value.

Fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 for instruments held at June 30, 2013 for which the fair value option was elected as well as the changes in fair value of the underlying IRLCs, included an immaterial amount of gains. Additionally, fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 for instruments for which the fair value option was elected but are no longer held by the Bancorp at June 30, 2013 included gains of $86 million and $323 million, respectively. Fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 for instruments held at June 30, 2012 for which the fair value option was elected as well as the changes in fair value of the underlying IRLCs included gains of $97 million. Additionally, fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 for instruments for which the fair value option was elected but are no longer held by the Bancorp at June 30, 2012 included gains of $109 million and $267 million, respectively. These gains and losses are reported in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation adjustments related to instrument-specific credit risk for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value negatively impacted the fair value of those loans by $3 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Interest on residential mortgage loans measured at fair value is accrued as it is earned using the effective interest method and is reported as interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table summarizes the difference between the fair value and the principal balance for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value as of:

($ in millions)

Aggregate
Fair Value
Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
Difference

June 30, 2013

Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value

$ 2,196 2,196

Past due loans of 90 days or more

3 3

Nonaccrual loans

1 1

December 31, 2012

Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value

2,932 2,775 157

Past due loans of 90 days or more

3 4 (1 )

Nonaccrual loans

1 (1 )

109


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

The following tables summarize the carrying amounts and estimated fair values for certain financial instruments, excluding financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

Net Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Measurements Using Total
Fair Value
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Financial assets:

Financial assets:

Cash and due from banks

$ 2,390 2,390 2,390

Other securities

845 845 845

Held-to-maturity securities

274 274 274

Other short-term investments

1,109 1,109 1,109

Loans held for sale

35 35 35

Portfolio loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans

37,039 38,882 38,882

Commercial mortgage loans

8,165 7,680 7,680

Commercial construction loans

727 608 608

Commercial leases

3,506 3,279 3,279

Residential mortgage loans (a)

12,116 11,427 11,427

Home equity

9,411 9,340 9,340

Automobile loans

11,989 11,819 11,819

Credit card

2,031 2,172 2,172

Other consumer loans and leases

334 348 348

Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses

(104 )

Total portfolio loans and leases, net (a)

$ 85,214 85,555 85,555

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

93,454 93,503 93,503

Federal funds purchased

636 636 636

Other short-term borrowings

2,112 2,112 2,112

Long-term debt

6,940 6,710 680 7,390

(a) Excludes $83 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

Net Carrying
Amount
Fair Value Measurements Using Fair Value
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Financial assets:

Financial assets:

Cash and due from banks

$ 2,441 2,441 2,441

Other securities

844 844 844

Held-to-maturity securities

284 284 284

Other short-term investments

2,421 2,421 2,421

Loans held for sale

83 83 83

Portfolio loans and leases:

Commercial and industrial loans

35,236 36,496 36,496

Commercial mortgage loans

8,770 8,020 8,020

Commercial construction loans

665 505 505

Commercial leases

3,481 3,310 3,310

Residential mortgage loans (a)

11,712 11,532 11,532

Home equity

9,875 9,798 9,798

Automobile loans

11,944 12,076 12,076

Credit card

2,010 2,139 2,139

Other consumer loans and leases

270 288 288

Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses

(111 )

Total portfolio loans and leases, net (a)

$ 83,852 84,164 84,164

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

89,517 89,592 89,592

Federal funds purchased

901 901 901

Other short-term borrowings

6,280 6,280 6,280

Long-term debt

7,085 6,925 884 7,809

(a) Excludes $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Cash and due from banks, other securities, other short-term investments, deposits, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings

For financial instruments with a short-term or no stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, FHLB and FRB restricted stock, other short-term investments, certain deposits (demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits), and federal funds purchased. Fair values for other time deposits, certificates of deposit $100,000 and over and other short-term borrowings were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied prevailing LIBOR/swap interest rates for the same maturities.

110


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Held-to-maturity securities

The Bancorp’s held-to-maturity securities are primarily composed of instruments that provide income tax credits as the economic return on the investment. The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on current U.S. Treasury tax credit rates.

Loans held for sale

Fair values for commercial loans held for sale were valued based on executable bids when available, or on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows. Fair values for other consumer loans held for sale are based on contractual values upon which the loans may be sold to a third party, and approximate their carrying value.

Portfolio loans and leases, net

Fair values were estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current market rates of loans to borrowers with similar credit characteristics and similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt

Fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices, when available, or a discounted cash flow calculation using LIBOR/swap interest rates and, in some cases, a spread for new issuances with similar terms.

111


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

21. Business Segments

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices are improved and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level by employing an FTP methodology. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the U.S. swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of the estimated durations for the indeterminate-lived deposits. The credit rate provided for demand deposit accounts is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, U.S. swap curve or swap rate. The credit rates for several deposit products were reset January 1, 2013 to reflect the current market rates and updated market assumptions. These rates were generally higher than those in place during 2012, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was positively impacted during 2013.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan and leases growth and changes in ALLL factors are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

112


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Results of operations and assets by segment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are:

General
Commercial Branch Consumer Investment Corporate

($ in millions)

Banking Banking Lending Advisors and Other Eliminations Total

Three months ended June 30, 2013

Net interest income

$ 361 358 85 35 41 880

Provision for loan and lease losses

37 51 22 1 (47 ) 64

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

324 307 63 34 88 816

Noninterest income:

Mortgage banking net revenue

3 230 233

Service charges on deposits

59 76 1 136

Corporate banking revenue

102 3 1 106

Investment advisory revenue

1 37 96 1 (37 ) (a) 98

Card and processing revenue

13 74 1 (21 ) 67

Other noninterest income

23 23 14 354 414

Securities gains, net

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

6 6

Total noninterest income

198 216 250 99 334 (37 ) 1,060

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, wages and incentives

56 113 57 34 144 404

Employee benefits

8 30 11 6 28 83

Net occupancy expense

6 46 2 2 20 76

Technology and communications

2 2 46 50

Card and processing expense

2 32 (1 ) 33

Equipment expense

1 14 13 28

Other noninterest expense

204 189 138 81 (214 ) (37 ) 361

Total noninterest expense

279 426 208 123 36 (37 ) 1,035

Income before income taxes

243 97 105 10 386 841

Applicable income tax expense

45 35 38 3 129 250

Net income

198 62 67 7 257 591

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Bancorp

198 62 67 7 257 591

Dividends on preferred stock

9 9

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 198 62 67 7 248 582

Total goodwill

$ 613 1,655 148 2,416

Total assets

$ 50,441 49,843 23,973 8,480 (9,377 ) 123,360

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

113


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

General
Commercial Branch Consumer Investment Corporate

($ in millions)

Banking Banking Lending Advisors and Other Eliminations Total

Three months ended June 30, 2012

Net interest income

$ 348 342 77 29 99 895

Provision for loan and lease losses

61 69 49 2 (110 ) 71

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

287 273 28 27 209 824

Noninterest income:

Mortgage banking net revenue

4 179 183

Service charges on deposits

54 75 1 130

Corporate banking revenue

97 4 1 102

Investment advisory revenue

2 32 91 (32 ) (a) 93

Card and processing revenue

12 70 1 (19 ) 64

Other noninterest income

12 20 10 4 57 103

Securities gains, net

3 3

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

Total noninterest income

177 205 189 98 41 (32 ) 678

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, wages and incentives

56 113 47 35 142 393

Employee benefits

9 30 9 6 30 84

Net occupancy expense

5 47 2 3 17 74

Technology and communications

2 1 45 48

Card and processing expense

1 29 30

Equipment expense

13 14 27

Other noninterest expense

196 168 108 68 (227 ) (32 ) 281

Total noninterest expense

269 401 166 112 21 (32 ) 937

Income before income taxes

195 77 51 13 229 565

Applicable income tax expense

32 27 18 5 98 180

Net income

163 50 33 8 131 385

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to Bancorp

163 50 33 8 131 385

Dividends on preferred stock

9 9

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 163 50 33 8 122 376

Total goodwill

$ 613 1,656 148 2,417

Total assets

$ 46,691 48,156 23,538 7,721 (8,563 ) 117,543

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

114


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

General
Commercial Branch Consumer Investment Corporate

($ in millions)

Banking Banking Lending Advisors and Other Eliminations Total

Six months ended June 30, 2013

Net interest income

$ 722 705 170 70 101 1,768

Provision for loan and lease losses

80 109 51 2 (116 ) 126

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

642 596 119 68 217 1,642

Noninterest income:

Mortgage banking net revenue

7 445 1 453

Service charges on deposits

118 148 1 267

Corporate banking revenue

197 7 1 205

Investment advisory revenue

2 74 194 (72 ) (a) 198

Card and processing revenue

26 142 2 (38 ) 132

Other noninterest income

40 43 26 7 407 523

Securities gains, net

17 17

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

8 8

Total noninterest income

383 421 479 206 386 (72 ) 1,803

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, wages and incentives

119 228 107 67 282 803

Employee benefits

25 69 24 15 64 197

Net occupancy expense

11 93 4 5 42 155

Technology and communications

5 2 92 99

Card and processing expense

4 61 65

Equipment expense

1 29 1 25 56

Other noninterest expense

390 367 249 151 (447 ) (72 ) 638

Total noninterest expense

555 849 385 238 58 (72 ) 2,013

Income before income taxes

470 168 213 36 545 1,432

Applicable income tax expense

84 59 75 13 198 429

Net income

386 109 138 23 347 1,003

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(10 ) (10 )

Net income attributable to Bancorp

386 109 138 23 357 1,013

Dividends on preferred stock

18 18

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 386 109 138 23 339 995

Total goodwill

$ 613 1,655 148 2,416

Total assets

$ 50,441 49,843 23,973 8,480 (9,377 ) 123,360

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

115


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

General
Commercial Branch Consumer Investment Corporate

($ in millions)

Banking Banking Lending Advisors and Other Eliminations Total

Six months ended June 30, 2012

Net interest income

$ 696 677 157 57 206 1,793

Provision for loan and lease losses

137 155 103 6 (239 ) 162

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

559 522 54 51 445 1,631

Noninterest income:

Mortgage banking net revenue

6 380 1 387

Service charges on deposits

109 149 2 260

Corporate banking revenue

190 7 2 199

Investment advisory revenue

4 64 185 1 (64 ) (a) 190

Card and processing revenue

23 130 2 (33 ) 122

Other noninterest income

28 39 20 4 188 279

Securities gains, net

11 11

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

Total noninterest income

354 395 400 196 167 (64 ) 1,448

Noninterest expense:

Salaries, wages and incentives

113 226 91 69 293 792

Employee benefits

24 67 21 15 68 195

Net occupancy expense

11 93 4 6 37 151

Technology and communications

4 2 89 95

Card and processing expense

2 57 1 60

Equipment expense

1 26 28 55

Other noninterest expense

402 324 213 132 (444 ) (64 ) 563

Total noninterest expense

557 795 329 222 72 (64 ) 1,911

Income before income taxes

356 122 125 25 540 1,168

Applicable income tax expense

51 43 44 9 205 352

Net income

305 79 81 16 335 816

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

1 1

Net income attributable to Bancorp

305 79 81 16 334 815

Dividends on preferred stock

18 18

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 305 79 81 16 316 797

Total goodwill

$ 613 1,656 148 2,417

Total assets

$ 46,691 48,156 23,538 7,721 (8,563 ) 117,543

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

116


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

22. Subsequent Events

On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted the remaining 16,442 outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock, which represented 4,110,500 depositary shares, into shares of Fifth Third’s common stock. Each share of Series G preferred stock was converted into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a total of 35,511,740 issued shares. The common shares issued in the conversion are exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities exchanged exclusively with Bancorp’s existing security holders where no commission or other remuneration was paid. Upon conversion, the depositary shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and withdrawn from the Exchange.

On August 2, 2013, Vantiv, Inc. priced a secondary offering of 20 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc., including 5 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. to be sold on behalf of the Bancorp. The offering settled on August 7, 2013. As a result of this offering, the Bancorp’s ownership of Vantiv Holding, LLC was reduced to approximately 25% and the Bancorp’s investment will continue to be accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The impact of the sale of the Bancorp’s interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC will result in the recognition of a pre-tax gain of approximately $85 million ($55 million after-tax) by the Bancorp in the third quarter of 2013.

Upon completion of the sale of the 5 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc., the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 48.8 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 48.8 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

117


Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 for information regarding legal proceedings.

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

There have been no material changes made during the second quarter of 2013 to any of the risk factors as previously disclosed in the Registrant’s periodic securities filings.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

Refer to the “Capital Management” section within Management’s Discussion and Analysis in Part I, Item 2 for information regarding purchases and sales of equity securities by the Bancorp during the second quarter of 2013.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities (Item 3)

None.

Mine Safety Disclosures (Item 4)

Not applicable.

Other Information (Item 5)

None.

Exhibits (Item 6)

1.1 Underwriting Agreement dated as of May 13, 2013 among Fifth Third Bancorp and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 16, 2013.

3.1 Amended Articles of Incorporation of Fifth Third Bancorp, as amended.

3.2 Code of Regulations of Fifth Third Bancorp as Amended as of September 18, 2012. Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 21, 2012.

4.1 Deposit Agreement dated as of May 16, 2013 among Fifth Third Bancorp, as issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as depositary and calculation agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as transfer agent and registrar, and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts issued thereunder. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 16, 2013.

4.2 Form of Certificate Representing the 5.10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 16, 2013.

4.2 Form of Depositary Receipt (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2).

10.1 Fifth Third Bancorp Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as Amended and Restated.*

10.2 Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.*

10.3 Performance Share Award Agreement.*

10.4 Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for Directors).*

10.5 Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for Executive Officers).*

10.6 Master Confirmation, as supplemented by a Supplemental Confirmation, for accelerated share repurchase transaction dated May 21, 2013 between Fifth Third Bancorp and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch.**

10.7 Separation Agreement dated July 25, 2013 between Paul Reynolds and Fifth Third Bancorp. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 30, 2013.*

10.8 Third Amendment to Fifth Third Bancorp Master Profit Sharing Plan, as Amended and Restated.*

12.1 Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

12.2 Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements.

31(i) Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.

31(ii) Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.

32(i) Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.

32(ii) Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.

101 Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail***.

* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** An application for confidential treatment for selected portions of this exhibit has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
*** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

118


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Fifth Third Bancorp

Registrant
Date: August 7, 2013

/s/ Daniel T. Poston

Daniel T. Poston
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS